diff options
| author | tmk <hasu@tmk-kbd.com> | 2015-05-13 11:13:10 +0900 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | tmk <hasu@tmk-kbd.com> | 2015-05-13 11:13:10 +0900 |
| commit | f6d56675f9f981c5464f0ca7a1fbb0162154e8c5 (patch) | |
| tree | 57c9d4b3808a26116ae0ee7956fc00b84841aa2b /protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger | |
| parent | 4d116a04e94cf0d19317d5b44e4fa9f34a3e5594 (diff) | |
Squashed 'tmk_core/' changes from caca2c0..dc0e46e
dc0e46e Rename LUFA to LUFA-git
3bfa7fa Remove LUFA-120730
215b764 Merge commit 'afa0f22a9299686fd88f58ce09c5b521ac917e8f' as 'protocol/lufa/LUFA'
afa0f22 Squashed 'protocol/lufa/LUFA/' content from commit def7fca
c0c42fa Remove submodule of LUFA
30f897d Merge commit '87ced33feb74e79c3281dda36eb6d6d153399b41' as 'protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0'
87ced33 Squashed 'protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/' content from commit aab4a69
14f6d49 Remove submodule of USB_Host_Shield_2.0
git-subtree-dir: tmk_core
git-subtree-split: dc0e46eaa4367d4e218f8816e3c117895820f07c
Diffstat (limited to 'protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger')
41 files changed, 11635 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git deleted file mode 160000 -Subproject b6c18b2a7c544653efbe12a1d4e8ba65e7d83c3 diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ac7011f0a --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define DUMMY_RTC + +#endif diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d5f58a4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 + #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0 +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5ff3e1468 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] = +{ + /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report. + * Vendor Usage Page: 1 + * Vendor Collection Usage: 1 + * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2 + * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3 + * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE + */ + HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2063, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .MS_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, + .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, + .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MS_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .MS_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .HID_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID_GenericHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport) + }, + + .HID_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint8_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case HID_DTYPE_HID: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case HID_DTYPE_Report: + Address = &GenericReport; + Size = sizeof(GenericReport); + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42d4ca2f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include "TempDataLogger.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) + + /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 + + /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */ + #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 16 + + /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */ + #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE sizeof(Device_Report_t) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Mass Storage Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; + + // Settings Management Generic HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_HID = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint8_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8dc54dad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of + * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored + * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such + * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C +#include "DataflashManager.h" + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes + * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the + * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the + * Dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + const uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read + * the files stored on the Dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ +void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) +{ + /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + + /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + #endif + + /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise + */ +bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnByte; + + /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + #endif + + return true; +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d93130d3b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DataflashManager.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ +#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "../TempDataLogger.h" + #include "../Descriptors.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) + #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. + #endif + + /* Defines: */ + /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) + + /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying + * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 + + /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not + * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); + bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80d8843d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 + + +FILES + + ffconf.h Configuration file for FatFs module. + ff.h Common include file for FatFs and application module. + ff.c FatFs module. + diskio.h Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module. + diskio.c An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs. + integer.h Integer type definitions for FatFs. + option Optional external functions. + + Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs + module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific + storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written + to control your storage device. + + + +AGREEMENTS + + FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to + small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education, + research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems. + + Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. + + * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. + * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for + personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. + + + +REVISION HISTORY + + Feb 26, 2006 R0.00 Prototype + + Apr 29, 2006 R0.01 First release. + + Jun 01, 2006 R0.02 Added FAT12. + Removed unbuffered mode. + Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition. + + Jun 10, 2006 R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM. + + Sep 22, 2006 R0.03 Added f_rename. + Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. + + Dec 11, 2006 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast. + Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32. + + Feb 04, 2007 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs) + Changed some APIs for multiple drive system. + Added f_mkfs. (FatFs) + Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs) + + Apr 01, 2007 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs) + Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs) + Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek. + Added minimization level 3. + Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an + existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs) + + May 05, 2007 R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option. + Added FSInfo support. + Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs) + Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. + Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object. + + Aug 25, 2007 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read, f_write. + Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs) + Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs) + Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs) + + Feb 03, 2008 R0.05a Added f_truncate(). + Added f_utime(). + Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. + Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. + Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. + + Apr 01, 2008 R0.06 Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs) + Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). + Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster. + + Apr 01, 2009, R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option. + Added long file name support. + Added multiple code page support. + Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. + Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). + Added rewind option to f_readdir(). + Changed result code of critical errors. + Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. + + Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. + Added multiple sector size support. + + Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error. + Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). + Added relative path feature. + Added f_chdir(). + Added f_chdrive(). + Added proper case conversion for extended characters. + + Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. + Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. + Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. + Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. + Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. + + May 15, 2010, R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN) + Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) + Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) + Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. + Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. + String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. + + Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) + Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) + Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. + Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. + Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. + + Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). + f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. + Extended format syntax of f_printf function. + Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names. + + Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. + Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) + + Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16. + Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash. + Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8cc8cd4049 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs (C)ChaN, 2007 */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */ +/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "diskio.h" + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Initialize a Drive */ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize ( + BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ +) +{ + return FR_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Return Disk Status */ + +DSTATUS disk_status ( + BYTE drv /* Physical drive number (0..) */ +) +{ + return FR_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Sector(s) */ + +DRESULT disk_read ( + BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ + BYTE *buff, /* Data buffer to store read data */ + DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ + BYTE count /* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */ +) +{ + DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); + return RES_OK; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Write Sector(s) */ + +#if _READONLY == 0 +DRESULT disk_write ( + BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ + const BYTE *buff, /* Data to be written */ + DWORD sector, /* Sector address (LBA) */ + BYTE count /* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */ +) +{ + DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff); + return RES_OK; +} +#endif /* _READONLY */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Miscellaneous Functions */ + +DRESULT disk_ioctl ( + BYTE drv, /* Physical drive number (0..) */ + BYTE ctrl, /* Control code */ + void *buff /* Buffer to send/receive control data */ +) +{ + if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC) + return RES_OK; + else + return RES_PARERR; +} + + +DWORD get_fattime (void) +{ + TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate; + + RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate); + + + return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) | + ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) | + ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) | + ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) | + ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) | + (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0); +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3c3149a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------- +/ Low level disk interface module include file +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED +#define _DISKIO_DEFINED + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "integer.h" + +#include "../DataflashManager.h" + + +/* Status of Disk Functions */ +typedef BYTE DSTATUS; + +/* Results of Disk Functions */ +typedef enum { + RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ + RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ + RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ + RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ + RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ +} DRESULT; + + +/*---------------------------------------*/ +/* Prototypes for disk control functions */ + +DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE); +DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE); +DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); +#if _READONLY == 0 +DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE); +#endif +DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*); + + +/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ + +#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ +#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ +#define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ + +/* Generic command */ +#define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Mandatory for write functions */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..059b5885ae --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c @@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@ +/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs - FAT file system module R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. +/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial +/ developments under license policy of following terms. +/ +/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/ personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/ +/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00 Prototype. +/ +/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01 First stable version. +/ +/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02 Added FAT12 support. +/ Removed unbuffered mode. +/ Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition. +/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM). +/ +/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03 Added f_rename(). +/ Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE. +/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast. +/ Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32. +/ +/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04 Supported multiple drive system. +/ Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system. +/ Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount(). +/ Added f_mkfs(). +/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive. +/ Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek(). +/ Added minimization level 3. +/ Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs(). +/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG. +/ Added FSInfo support. +/ Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME. +/ Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object. +/ +/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05 Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs(). +/ Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. +/ Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. +/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime(). +/ Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination. +/ Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated. +/ Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write. +/ +/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06 Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets(). +/ Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster. +/ +/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07 Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY) +/ Added long file name feature. +/ Added multiple code page feature. +/ Added re-entrancy for multitask operation. +/ Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs(). +/ Added rewind option to f_readdir(). +/ Changed result code of critical errors. +/ Renamed string functions to avoid name collision. +/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg. +/ Added multiple sector size feature. +/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error. +/ Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek(). +/ Added relative path feature. +/ Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive(). +/ Added proper case conversion to extended char. +/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h. +/ Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH. +/ Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary. +/ Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE. +/ Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg. +/ +/ May 15,'10 R0.08 Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3) +/ Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE) +/ Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK) +/ Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR. +/ Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg. +/ String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg. +/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2) +/ Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE) +/ Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss. +/ Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'. +/ Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume. +/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write(). +/ f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP. +/ Extended format syntax of f_printf function. +/ Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name. +/ +/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09 f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature. +/ Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2) +/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume. +/ Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash. +/ Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK. +/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#include "ff.h" /* FatFs configurations and declarations */ +#include "diskio.h" /* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */ + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Module Private Definitions + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _FATFS != 4004 /* Revision ID */ +#error Wrong include file (ff.h). +#endif + + +/* Definitions on sector size */ +#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096 +#error Wrong sector size. +#endif +#if _MAX_SS != 512 +#define SS(fs) ((fs)->ssize) /* Variable sector size */ +#else +#define SS(fs) 512U /* Fixed sector size */ +#endif + + +/* Reentrancy related */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +#if _USE_LFN == 1 +#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration. +#endif +#define ENTER_FF(fs) { if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; } +#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) { unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; } +#else +#define ENTER_FF(fs) +#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res) return res +#endif + +#define ABORT(fs, res) { fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); } + + +/* File access control feature */ +#if _FS_LOCK +#if _FS_READONLY +#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg. +#endif +typedef struct { + FATFS *fs; /* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */ + DWORD clu; /* File ID 2, directory */ + WORD idx; /* File ID 3, directory index */ + WORD ctr; /* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */ +} FILESEM; +#endif + + + +/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */ + +#if _CODE_PAGE == 932 /* Japanese Shift-JIS */ +#define _DF1S 0x81 /* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */ +#define _DF1E 0x9F /* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */ +#define _DF2S 0xE0 /* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */ +#define _DF2E 0xFC /* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */ +#define _DS1S 0x40 /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */ +#define _DS1E 0x7E /* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */ +#define _DS2S 0x80 /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */ +#define _DS2E 0xFC /* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */ + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936 /* Simplified Chinese GBK */ +#define _DF1S 0x81 +#define _DF1E 0xFE +#define _DS1S 0x40 +#define _DS1E 0x7E +#define _DS2S 0x80 +#define _DS2E 0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949 /* Korean */ +#define _DF1S 0x81 +#define _DF1E 0xFE +#define _DS1S 0x41 +#define _DS1E 0x5A +#define _DS2S 0x61 +#define _DS2E 0x7A +#define _DS3S 0x81 +#define _DS3E 0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950 /* Traditional Chinese Big5 */ +#define _DF1S 0x81 +#define _DF1E 0xFE +#define _DS1S 0x40 +#define _DS1E 0x7E +#define _DS2S 0xA1 +#define _DS2E 0xFE + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437 /* U.S. (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720 /* Arabic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737 /* Greek (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \ + 0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775 /* Baltic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850 /* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852 /* Latin 2 (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855 /* Cyrillic (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \ + 0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857 /* Turkish (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \ + 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858 /* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862 /* Hebrew (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866 /* Russian (OEM) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874 /* Thai (OEM, Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \ + 0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \ + 0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */ +#define _DF1S 0 +#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \ + 0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \ + 0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F} + +#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1 /* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */ +#if _USE_LFN +#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page. +#endif +#define _DF1S 0 + +#else +#error Unknown code page + +#endif + + +/* Character code support macros */ +#define IsUpper(c) (((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z')) +#define IsLower(c) (((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z')) +#define IsDigit(c) (((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9')) + +#if _DF1S /* Code page is DBCS */ + +#ifdef _DF2S /* Two 1st byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS1(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E)) +#else /* One 1st byte area */ +#define IsDBCS1(c) ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) +#endif + +#ifdef _DS3S /* Three 2nd byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E)) +#else /* Two 2nd byte areas */ +#define IsDBCS2(c) (((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E)) +#endif + +#else /* Code page is SBCS */ + +#define IsDBCS1(c) 0 +#define IsDBCS2(c) 0 + +#endif /* _DF1S */ + + +/* Name status flags */ +#define NS 11 /* Index of name status byte in fn[] */ +#define NS_LOSS 0x01 /* Out of 8.3 format */ +#define NS_LFN 0x02 /* Force to create LFN entry */ +#define NS_LAST 0x04 /* Last segment */ +#define NS_BODY 0x08 /* Lower case flag (body) */ +#define NS_EXT 0x10 /* Lower case flag (ext) */ +#define NS_DOT 0x20 /* Dot entry */ + + +/* FAT sub-type boundaries */ +/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */ +#define MIN_FAT16 4086 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */ +#define MIN_FAT32 65526 /* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */ + + +/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of +/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between +/ different platforms */ + +#define BS_jmpBoot 0 /* Jump instruction (3) */ +#define BS_OEMName 3 /* OEM name (8) */ +#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11 /* Sector size [byte] (2) */ +#define BPB_SecPerClus 13 /* Cluster size [sector] (1) */ +#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14 /* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_NumFATs 16 /* Number of FAT copies (1) */ +#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */ +#define BPB_TotSec16 19 /* Volume size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_Media 21 /* Media descriptor (1) */ +#define BPB_FATSz16 22 /* FAT size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24 /* Track size [sector] (2) */ +#define BPB_NumHeads 26 /* Number of heads (2) */ +#define BPB_HiddSec 28 /* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */ +#define BPB_TotSec32 32 /* Volume size [sector] (4) */ +#define BS_DrvNum 36 /* Physical drive number (2) */ +#define BS_BootSig 38 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ +#define BS_VolID 39 /* Volume serial number (4) */ +#define BS_VolLab 43 /* Volume label (8) */ +#define BS_FilSysType 54 /* File system type (1) */ +#define BPB_FATSz32 36 /* FAT size [sector] (4) */ +#define BPB_ExtFlags 40 /* Extended flags (2) */ +#define BPB_FSVer 42 /* File system version (2) */ +#define BPB_RootClus 44 /* Root dir first cluster (4) */ +#define BPB_FSInfo 48 /* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */ +#define BPB_BkBootSec 50 /* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */ +#define BS_DrvNum32 64 /* Physical drive number (2) */ +#define BS_BootSig32 66 /* Extended boot signature (1) */ +#define BS_VolID32 67 /* Volume serial number (4) */ +#define BS_VolLab32 71 /* Volume label (8) */ +#define BS_FilSysType32 82 /* File system type (1) */ +#define FSI_LeadSig 0 /* FSI: Leading signature (4) */ +#define FSI_StrucSig 484 /* FSI: Structure signature (4) */ +#define FSI_Free_Count 488 /* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */ +#define FSI_Nxt_Free 492 /* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */ +#define MBR_Table 446 /* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */ +#define SZ_PTE 16 /* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */ +#define BS_55AA 510 /* Boot sector signature (2) */ + +#define DIR_Name 0 /* Short file name (11) */ +#define DIR_Attr 11 /* Attribute (1) */ +#define DIR_NTres 12 /* NT flag (1) */ +#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth 13 /* Created time sub-second (1) */ +#define DIR_CrtTime 14 /* Created time (2) */ +#define DIR_CrtDate 16 /* Created date (2) */ +#define DIR_LstAccDate 18 /* Last accessed date (2) */ +#define DIR_FstClusHI 20 /* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ +#define DIR_WrtTime 22 /* Modified time (2) */ +#define DIR_WrtDate 24 /* Modified date (2) */ +#define DIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */ +#define DIR_FileSize 28 /* File size (4) */ +#define LDIR_Ord 0 /* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */ +#define LDIR_Attr 11 /* LFN attribute (1) */ +#define LDIR_Type 12 /* LFN type (1) */ +#define LDIR_Chksum 13 /* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */ +#define LDIR_FstClusLO 26 /* Filled by zero (0) */ +#define SZ_DIR 32 /* Size of a directory entry */ +#define LLE 0x40 /* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */ +#define DDE 0xE5 /* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */ +#define NDDE 0x05 /* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */ + + +/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Module private work area */ +/*------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are +/ zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up +/ routine is out of ANSI-C standard. +*/ + +#if _VOLUMES +static +FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES]; /* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */ +#else +#error Number of volumes must not be 0. +#endif + +static +WORD Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ + +#if _FS_RPATH +static +BYTE CurrVol; /* Current drive */ +#endif + +#if _FS_LOCK +static +FILESEM Files[_FS_LOCK]; /* File lock semaphores */ +#endif + +#if _USE_LFN == 0 /* No LFN feature */ +#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj) (dobj).fn = sfn +#define FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 1 /* LFN feature with static working buffer */ +static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1]; +#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; } +#define FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 2 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */ +#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1] +#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; } +#define FREE_BUF() + +#elif _USE_LFN == 3 /* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */ +#define DEF_NAMEBUF BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn +#define INIT_BUF(dobj) { lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \ + if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \ + (dobj).lfn = lfn; (dobj).fn = sfn; } +#define FREE_BUF() ff_memfree(lfn) + +#else +#error Wrong LFN configuration. +#endif + + + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Module Private Functions + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* String functions */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Copy memory to memory */ +static +void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { + BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; + const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src; + +#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 + while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) { + *(int*)d = *(int*)s; + d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int); + cnt -= sizeof (int); + } +#endif + while (cnt--) + *d++ = *s++; +} + +/* Fill memory */ +static +void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) { + BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst; + + while (cnt--) + *d++ = (BYTE)val; +} + +/* Compare memory to memory */ +static +int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) { + const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src; + int r = 0; + + while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ; + return r; +} + +/* Check if chr is contained in the string */ +static +int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) { + while (*str && *str != chr) str++; + return *str; +} + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Request/Release grant to access the volume */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_REENTRANT + +static +int lock_fs ( + FATFS *fs /* File system object */ +) +{ + return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj); +} + + +static +void unlock_fs ( + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + FRESULT res /* Result code to be returned */ +) +{ + if (fs && + res != FR_NOT_ENABLED && + res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE && + res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT && + res != FR_TIMEOUT) { + ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj); + } +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* File lock control functions */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_LOCK + +static +FRESULT chk_lock ( /* Check if the file can be accessed */ + DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */ + int acc /* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */ +) +{ + UINT i, be; + + /* Search file semaphore table */ + for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { + if (Files[i].fs) { /* Existing entry */ + if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && /* Check if the file matched with an open file */ + Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && + Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; + } else { /* Blank entry */ + be++; + } + } + if (i == _FS_LOCK) /* The file is not opened */ + return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; /* Is there a blank entry for new file? */ + + /* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */ + return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK; +} + + +static +int enq_lock (void) /* Check if an entry is available for a new file */ +{ + UINT i; + + for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; + return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1; +} + + +static +UINT inc_lock ( /* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */ + DIR* dj, /* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */ + int acc /* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */ +) +{ + UINT i; + + + for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { /* Find the file */ + if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs && + Files[i].clu == dj->sclust && + Files[i].idx == dj->index) break; + } + + if (i == _FS_LOCK) { /* Not opened. Register it as new. */ + for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ; + if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0; /* No space to register (int err) */ + Files[i].fs = dj->fs; + Files[i].clu = dj->sclust; + Files[i].idx = dj->index; + Files[i].ctr = 0; + } + + if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0; /* Access violation (int err) */ + + Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1; /* Set semaphore value */ + + return i + 1; +} + + +static +FRESULT dec_lock ( /* Decrement file open counter */ + UINT i /* Semaphore index */ +) +{ + WORD n; + FRESULT res; + + + if (--i < _FS_LOCK) { + n = Files[i].ctr; + if (n == 0x100) n = 0; + if (n) n--; + Files[i].ctr = n; + if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0; + res = FR_OK; + } else { + res = FR_INT_ERR; + } + return res; +} + + +static +void clear_lock ( /* Clear lock entries of the volume */ + FATFS *fs +) +{ + UINT i; + + for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) { + if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0; + } +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change window offset */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT move_window ( + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD sector /* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */ +) /* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */ +{ + DWORD wsect; + + + wsect = fs->winsect; + if (wsect != sector) { /* Changed current window */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fs->wflag) { /* Write back dirty window if needed */ + if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + fs->wflag = 0; + if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) { /* In FAT area */ + BYTE nf; + for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) { /* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */ + wsect += fs->fsize; + disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1); + } + } + } +#endif + if (sector) { + if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + fs->winsect = sector; + } + } + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Clean-up cached data */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT sync ( /* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */ + FATFS *fs /* File system object */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + + + res = move_window(fs, 0); + if (res == FR_OK) { + /* Update FSInfo sector if needed */ + if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) { + fs->winsect = 0; + /* Create FSInfo structure */ + mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512); + ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); + ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); + ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); + ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust); + ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust); + /* Write it into the FSInfo sector */ + disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1); + fs->fsi_flag = 0; + } + /* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */ + if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK) + res = FR_DISK_ERR; + } + + return res; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get sector# from cluster# */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +DWORD clust2sect ( /* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */ + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD clst /* Cluster# to be converted */ +) +{ + clst -= 2; + if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0; /* Invalid cluster# */ + return clst * fs->csize + fs->database; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +DWORD get_fat ( /* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */ + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD clst /* Cluster# to get the link information */ +) +{ + UINT wc, bc; + BYTE *p; + + + if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) /* Check range */ + return 1; + + switch (fs->fs_type) { + case FS_FAT12 : + bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; + if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; + wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++; + if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break; + wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8; + return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF); + + case FS_FAT16 : + if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break; + p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; + return LD_WORD(p); + + case FS_FAT32 : + if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break; + p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; + return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF; + } + + return 0xFFFFFFFF; /* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY + +FRESULT put_fat ( + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD clst, /* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */ + DWORD val /* New value to mark the cluster */ +) +{ + UINT bc; + BYTE *p; + FRESULT res; + + + if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ + res = FR_INT_ERR; + + } else { + switch (fs->fs_type) { + case FS_FAT12 : + bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2; + res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; + *p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val; + bc++; + fs->wflag = 1; + res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs))); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; + *p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F)); + break; + + case FS_FAT16 : + res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2))); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)]; + ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val); + break; + + case FS_FAT32 : + res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4))); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)]; + val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000; + ST_DWORD(p, val); + break; + + default : + res = FR_INT_ERR; + } + fs->wflag = 1; + } + + return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT remove_chain ( + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD clst /* Cluster# to remove a chain from */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD nxt; +#if _USE_ERASE + DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2]; +#endif + + if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Check range */ + res = FR_INT_ERR; + + } else { + res = FR_OK; + while (clst < fs->n_fatent) { /* Not a last link? */ + nxt = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Get cluster status */ + if (nxt == 0) break; /* Empty cluster? */ + if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } /* Internal error? */ + if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } /* Disk error? */ + res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0); /* Mark the cluster "empty" */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { /* Update FSInfo */ + fs->free_clust++; + fs->fsi_flag = 1; + } +#if _USE_ERASE + if (ecl + 1 == nxt) { /* Is next cluster contiguous? */ + ecl = nxt; + } else { /* End of contiguous clusters */ + rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl); /* Start sector */ + rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1; /* End sector */ + disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt); /* Erase the block */ + scl = ecl = nxt; + } +#endif + clst = nxt; /* Next cluster */ + } + } + + return res; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +DWORD create_chain ( /* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */ + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD clst /* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */ +) +{ + DWORD cs, ncl, scl; + FRESULT res; + + + if (clst == 0) { /* Create a new chain */ + scl = fs->last_clust; /* Get suggested start point */ + if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1; + } + else { /* Stretch the current chain */ + cs = get_fat(fs, clst); /* Check the cluster status */ + if (cs < 2) return 1; /* It is an invalid cluster */ + if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs; /* It is already followed by next cluster */ + scl = clst; + } + + ncl = scl; /* Start cluster */ + for (;;) { + ncl++; /* Next cluster */ + if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) { /* Wrap around */ + ncl = 2; + if (ncl > scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ + } + cs = get_fat(fs, ncl); /* Get the cluster status */ + if (cs == 0) break; /* Found a free cluster */ + if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */ + return cs; + if (ncl == scl) return 0; /* No free cluster */ + } + + res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Mark the new cluster "last link" */ + if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) { + res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl); /* Link it to the previous one if needed */ + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + fs->last_clust = ncl; /* Update FSINFO */ + if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) { + fs->free_clust--; + fs->fsi_flag = 1; + } + } else { + ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1; + } + + return ncl; /* Return new cluster number or error code */ +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _USE_FASTSEEK +static +DWORD clmt_clust ( /* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */ + FIL* fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ + DWORD ofs /* File offset to be converted to cluster# */ +) +{ + DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl; + + + tbl = fp->cltbl + 1; /* Top of CLMT */ + cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize; /* Cluster order from top of the file */ + for (;;) { + ncl = *tbl++; /* Number of cluters in the fragment */ + if (!ncl) return 0; /* End of table? (error) */ + if (cl < ncl) break; /* In this fragment? */ + cl -= ncl; tbl++; /* Next fragment */ + } + return cl + *tbl; /* Return the cluster number */ +} +#endif /* _USE_FASTSEEK */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Set directory index */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_sdi ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ + WORD idx /* Index of directory table */ +) +{ + DWORD clst; + WORD ic; + + + dj->index = idx; + clst = dj->sclust; + if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Check start cluster range */ + return FR_INT_ERR; + if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) /* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */ + clst = dj->fs->dirbase; + + if (clst == 0) { /* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */ + dj->clust = clst; + if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Index is out of range */ + return FR_INT_ERR; + dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ + } + else { /* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */ + ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize; /* Entries per cluster */ + while (idx >= ic) { /* Follow cluster chain */ + clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst); /* Get next cluster */ + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Disk error */ + if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) /* Reached to end of table or int error */ + return FR_INT_ERR; + idx -= ic; + } + dj->clust = clst; + dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR); /* Sector# */ + } + + dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; /* Ptr to the entry in the sector */ + + return FR_OK; /* Seek succeeded */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_next ( /* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */ + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object */ + int stretch /* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */ +) +{ + DWORD clst; + WORD i; + + + stretch = stretch; /* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */ + i = dj->index + 1; + if (!i || !dj->sect) /* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */ + return FR_NO_FILE; + + if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) { /* Sector changed? */ + dj->sect++; /* Next sector */ + + if (dj->clust == 0) { /* Static table */ + if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir) /* Report EOT when end of table */ + return FR_NO_FILE; + } + else { /* Dynamic table */ + if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) { /* Cluster changed? */ + clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Get next cluster */ + if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR; + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) { /* When it reached end of dynamic table */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + BYTE c; + if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE; /* When do not stretch, report EOT */ + clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust); /* Stretch cluster chain */ + if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED; /* No free cluster */ + if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR; + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR; + /* Clean-up stretched table */ + if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; /* Flush active window */ + mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs)); /* Clear window buffer */ + dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); /* Cluster start sector */ + for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) { /* Fill the new cluster with 0 */ + dj->fs->wflag = 1; + if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR; + dj->fs->winsect++; + } + dj->fs->winsect -= c; /* Rewind window address */ +#else + return FR_NO_FILE; /* Report EOT */ +#endif + } + dj->clust = clst; /* Initialize data for new cluster */ + dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst); + } + } + } + + dj->index = i; + dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +DWORD ld_clust ( + FATFS *fs, /* Pointer to the fs object */ + BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ +) +{ + DWORD cl; + + cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO); + if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32) + cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16; + + return cl; +} + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +void st_clust ( + BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ + DWORD cl /* Value to be set */ +) +{ + ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl); + ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16); +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +static +const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30}; /* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */ + + +static +int cmp_lfn ( /* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */ + WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */ + BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */ +) +{ + UINT i, s; + WCHAR wc, uc; + + + i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ + s = 0; wc = 1; + do { + uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ + if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ + wc = ff_wtoupper(uc); /* Convert it to upper case */ + if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++])) /* Compare it */ + return 0; /* Not matched */ + } else { + if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ + } + } while (++s < 13); /* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */ + + if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i]) /* Last segment matched but different length */ + return 0; + + return 1; /* The part of LFN matched */ +} + + + +static +int pick_lfn ( /* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */ + WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */ + BYTE *dir /* Pointer to the directory entry */ +) +{ + UINT i, s; + WCHAR wc, uc; + + + i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13; /* Offset in the LFN buffer */ + + s = 0; wc = 1; + do { + uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]); /* Pick an LFN character from the entry */ + if (wc) { /* Last char has not been processed */ + if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ + lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc; /* Store it */ + } else { + if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0; /* Check filler */ + } + } while (++s < 13); /* Read all character in the entry */ + + if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) { /* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */ + if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0; /* Buffer overflow? */ + lfnbuf[i] = 0; + } + + return 1; +} + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +void fit_lfn ( + const WCHAR *lfnbuf, /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ + BYTE *dir, /* Pointer to the directory entry */ + BYTE ord, /* LFN order (1-20) */ + BYTE sum /* SFN sum */ +) +{ + UINT i, s; + WCHAR wc; + + + dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum; /* Set check sum */ + dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN; /* Set attribute. LFN entry */ + dir[LDIR_Type] = 0; + ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0); + + i = (ord - 1) * 13; /* Get offset in the LFN buffer */ + s = wc = 0; + do { + if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++]; /* Get an effective char */ + ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc); /* Put it */ + if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF; /* Padding chars following last char */ + } while (++s < 13); + if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE; /* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */ + dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord; /* Set the LFN order */ +} + +#endif +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create numbered name */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +void gen_numname ( + BYTE *dst, /* Pointer to generated SFN */ + const BYTE *src, /* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */ + const WCHAR *lfn, /* Pointer to LFN */ + WORD seq /* Sequence number */ +) +{ + BYTE ns[8], c; + UINT i, j; + + + mem_cpy(dst, src, 11); + + if (seq > 5) { /* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */ + do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn); + } + + /* itoa (hexdecimal) */ + i = 7; + do { + c = (seq % 16) + '0'; + if (c > '9') c += 7; + ns[i--] = c; + seq /= 16; + } while (seq); + ns[i] = '~'; + + /* Append the number */ + for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) { + if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) { + if (j == i - 1) break; + j++; + } + } + do { + dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' '; + } while (j < 8); +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Calculate sum of an SFN */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_LFN +static +BYTE sum_sfn ( + const BYTE *dir /* Ptr to directory entry */ +) +{ + BYTE sum = 0; + UINT n = 11; + + do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n); + return sum; +} +#endif + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT dir_find ( + DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN + BYTE a, ord, sum; +#endif + + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind directory object */ + if (res != FR_OK) return res; + +#if _USE_LFN + ord = sum = 0xFF; +#endif + do { + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ + c = dir[DIR_Name]; + if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ +#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ + a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; + if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ + ord = 0xFF; + } else { + if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ + if (dj->lfn) { + if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ + sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; + c &= ~LLE; ord = c; /* LFN start order */ + dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; + } + /* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */ + ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; + } + } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ + if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break; /* LFN matched? */ + ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* Reset LFN sequence */ + if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break; /* SFN matched? */ + } + } +#else /* Non LFN configuration */ + if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ + break; +#endif + res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ + } while (res == FR_OK); + + return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read an object from the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +static +FRESULT dir_read ( + DIR *dj /* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN + BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF; +#endif + + res = FR_NO_FILE; + while (dj->sect) { + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + dir = dj->dir; /* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */ + c = dir[DIR_Name]; + if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; } /* Reached to end of table */ +#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ + a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK; + if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) { /* An entry without valid data */ + ord = 0xFF; + } else { + if (a == AM_LFN) { /* An LFN entry is found */ + if (c & LLE) { /* Is it start of LFN sequence? */ + sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum]; + c &= ~LLE; ord = c; + dj->lfn_idx = dj->index; + } + /* Check LFN validity and capture it */ + ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF; + } else { /* An SFN entry is found */ + if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir)) /* Is there a valid LFN? */ + dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF; /* It has no LFN. */ + break; + } + } +#else /* Non LFN configuration */ + if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL)) /* Is it a valid entry? */ + break; +#endif + res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + } + + if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0; + + return res; +} +#endif + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Register an object to the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY +static +FRESULT dir_register ( /* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */ + DIR *dj /* Target directory with object name to be created */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE c, *dir; +#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ + WORD n, ne, is; + BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum; + WCHAR *lfn; + + + fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn; + mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12); + + if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) /* Cannot create dot entry */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; + + if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) { /* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */ + fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0; /* Find only SFN */ + for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) { + gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n); /* Generate a numbered name */ + res = dir_find(dj); /* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + } + if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED; /* Abort if too many collisions */ + if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res; /* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */ + fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn; + } + + if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) { /* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */ + for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ; + ne = (ne + 25) / 13; + } else { /* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */ + ne = 1; + } + + /* Reserve contiguous entries */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); + if (res != FR_OK) return res; + n = is = 0; + do { + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + c = *dj->dir; /* Check the entry status */ + if (c == DDE || c == 0) { /* Is it a blank entry? */ + if (n == 0) is = dj->index; /* First index of the contiguous entry */ + if (++n == ne) break; /* A contiguous entry that required count is found */ + } else { + n = 0; /* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */ + } + res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ + } while (res == FR_OK); + + if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) { /* Initialize LFN entry if needed */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, is); + if (res == FR_OK) { + sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn); /* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */ + ne--; + do { /* Store LFN entries in bottom first */ + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum); + dj->fs->wflag = 1; + res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ + } while (res == FR_OK && --ne); + } + } + +#else /* Non LFN configuration */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); + if (res == FR_OK) { + do { /* Find a blank entry for the SFN */ + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + c = *dj->dir; + if (c == DDE || c == 0) break; /* Is it a blank entry? */ + res = dir_next(dj, 1); /* Next entry with table stretch */ + } while (res == FR_OK); + } +#endif + + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the SFN entry */ + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res == FR_OK) { + dir = dj->dir; + mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR); /* Clean the entry */ + mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11); /* Put SFN */ +#if _USE_LFN + dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT); /* Put NT flag */ +#endif + dj->fs->wflag = 1; + } + } + + return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Remove an object from the directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE +static +FRESULT dir_remove ( /* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */ + DIR *dj /* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; +#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ + WORD i; + + i = dj->index; /* SFN index */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx)); /* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + do { + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ + dj->fs->wflag = 1; + if (dj->index >= i) break; /* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */ + res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Next entry */ + } while (res == FR_OK); + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR; + } + +#else /* Non LFN configuration */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index); + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect); + if (res == FR_OK) { + *dj->dir = DDE; /* Mark the entry "deleted" */ + dj->fs->wflag = 1; + } + } +#endif + + return res; +} +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT create_name ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ + const TCHAR **path /* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */ +) +{ +#ifdef _EXCVT + static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT; /* Upper conversion table for extended chars */ +#endif + +#if _USE_LFN /* LFN configuration */ + BYTE b, cf; + WCHAR w, *lfn; + UINT i, ni, si, di; + const TCHAR *p; + + /* Create LFN in Unicode */ + for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ + lfn = dj->lfn; + si = di = 0; + for (;;) { + w = p[si++]; /* Get a character */ + if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ + if (di >= _MAX_LFN) /* Reject too long name */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if !_LFN_UNICODE + w &= 0xFF; + if (IsDBCS1(w)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ + b = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ + if (!IsDBCS2(b)) + return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid sequence */ + w = (w << 8) + b; /* Create a DBC */ + } + w = ff_convert(w, 1); /* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */ + if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject invalid code */ +#endif + if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; + lfn[di++] = w; /* Store the Unicode char */ + } + *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ + cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ +#if _FS_RPATH + if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */ + (di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) { + lfn[di] = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 11; i++) + dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' '; + dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT; /* This is a dot entry */ + return FR_OK; + } +#endif + while (di) { /* Strip trailing spaces and dots */ + w = lfn[di-1]; + if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break; + di--; + } + if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ + + lfn[di] = 0; /* LFN is created */ + + /* Create SFN in directory form */ + mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11); + for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ; /* Strip leading spaces and dots */ + if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; + while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--; /* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */ + + b = i = 0; ni = 8; + for (;;) { + w = lfn[si++]; /* Get an LFN char */ + if (!w) break; /* Break on end of the LFN */ + if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) { /* Remove spaces and dots */ + cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue; + } + + if (i >= ni || si == di) { /* Extension or end of SFN */ + if (ni == 11) { /* Long extension */ + cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break; + } + if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; /* Out of 8.3 format */ + if (si > di) break; /* No extension */ + si = di; i = 8; ni = 11; /* Enter extension section */ + b <<= 2; continue; + } + + if (w >= 0x80) { /* Non ASCII char */ +#ifdef _EXCVT + w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM code */ + if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80]; /* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */ +#else + w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0); /* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */ +#endif + cf |= NS_LFN; /* Force create LFN entry */ + } + + if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) { /* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */ + if (i >= ni - 1) { + cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue; + } + dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8); + } else { /* Single byte char */ + if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) { /* Replace illegal chars for SFN */ + w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */ + } else { + if (IsUpper(w)) { /* ASCII large capital */ + b |= 2; + } else { + if (IsLower(w)) { /* ASCII small capital */ + b |= 1; w -= 0x20; + } + } + } + } + dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w; + } + + if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE; /* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */ + + if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; + if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03) /* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */ + cf |= NS_LFN; + if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) { /* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */ + if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */ + if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */ + } + + dj->fn[NS] = cf; /* SFN is created */ + + return FR_OK; + + +#else /* Non-LFN configuration */ + BYTE b, c, d, *sfn; + UINT ni, si, i; + const char *p; + + /* Create file name in directory form */ + for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ; /* Strip duplicated separator */ + sfn = dj->fn; + mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11); + si = i = b = 0; ni = 8; +#if _FS_RPATH + if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */ + for (;;) { + c = (BYTE)p[si++]; + if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break; + sfn[i++] = c; + } + if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME; + *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ + sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ + return FR_OK; + } +#endif + for (;;) { + c = (BYTE)p[si++]; + if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break; /* Break on end of segment */ + if (c == '.' || i >= ni) { + if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME; + i = 8; ni = 11; + b <<= 2; continue; + } + if (c >= 0x80) { /* Extended char? */ + b |= 3; /* Eliminate NT flag */ +#ifdef _EXCVT + c = excvt[c - 0x80]; /* Upper conversion (SBCS) */ +#else +#if !_DF1S /* ASCII only cfg */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; +#endif +#endif + } + if (IsDBCS1(c)) { /* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */ + d = (BYTE)p[si++]; /* Get 2nd byte */ + if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1) /* Reject invalid DBC */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; + sfn[i++] = c; + sfn[i++] = d; + } else { /* Single byte code */ + if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c)) /* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */ + return FR_INVALID_NAME; + if (IsUpper(c)) { /* ASCII large capital? */ + b |= 2; + } else { + if (IsLower(c)) { /* ASCII small capital? */ + b |= 1; c -= 0x20; + } + } + sfn[i++] = c; + } + } + *path = &p[si]; /* Return pointer to the next segment */ + c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0; /* Set last segment flag if end of path */ + + if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Reject nul string */ + if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE; /* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */ + + if (ni == 8) b <<= 2; + if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT; /* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */ + if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY; /* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */ + + sfn[NS] = c; /* Store NT flag, File name is created */ + + return FR_OK; +#endif +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get file information from directory entry */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +static +void get_fileinfo ( /* No return code */ + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the directory object */ + FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the file information to be filled */ +) +{ + UINT i; + BYTE nt, *dir; + TCHAR *p, c; + + + p = fno->fname; + if (dj->sect) { + dir = dj->dir; + nt = dir[DIR_NTres]; /* NT flag */ + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { /* Copy name body */ + c = dir[i]; + if (c == ' ') break; + if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE; + if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; +#if _LFN_UNICODE + if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) + c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; + c = ff_convert(c, 1); + if (!c) c = '?'; +#endif + *p++ = c; + } + if (dir[8] != ' ') { /* Copy name extension */ + *p++ = '.'; + for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) { + c = dir[i]; + if (c == ' ') break; + if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20; +#if _LFN_UNICODE + if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1])) + c = (c << 8) | dir[++i]; + c = ff_convert(c, 1); + if (!c) c = '?'; +#endif + *p++ = c; + } + } + fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr]; /* Attribute */ + fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* Size */ + fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate); /* Date */ + fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime); /* Time */ + } + *p = 0; /* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */ + +#if _USE_LFN + if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) { + TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname; + WCHAR w, *lfn; + + i = 0; + if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */ + lfn = dj->lfn; + while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) { /* Get an LFN char */ +#if !_LFN_UNICODE + w = ff_convert(w, 0); /* Unicode -> OEM conversion */ + if (!w) { i = 0; break; } /* Could not convert, no LFN */ + if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) /* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */ + tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8); +#endif + if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; } /* Buffer overflow, no LFN */ + tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w; + } + } + tp[i] = 0; /* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */ + } +#endif +} +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Follow a file path */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT follow_path ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */ + DIR *dj, /* Directory object to return last directory and found object */ + const TCHAR *path /* Full-path string to find a file or directory */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + BYTE *dir, ns; + + +#if _FS_RPATH + if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */ + path++; dj->sclust = 0; /* Strip it and start from the root dir */ + } else { /* No heading separator */ + dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir; /* Start from the current dir */ + } +#else + if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') /* Strip heading separator if exist */ + path++; + dj->sclust = 0; /* Start from the root dir */ +#endif + + if ((UINT)*path < ' ') { /* Nul path means the start directory itself */ + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); + dj->dir = 0; + } else { /* Follow path */ + for (;;) { + res = create_name(dj, &path); /* Get a segment */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + res = dir_find(dj); /* Find it */ + ns = *(dj->fn+NS); + if (res != FR_OK) { /* Failed to find the object */ + if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break; /* Abort if any hard error occurred */ + /* Object not found */ + if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) { /* If dot entry is not exit */ + dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0; /* It is the root dir */ + res = FR_OK; + if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue; + } else { /* Could not find the object */ + if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH; + } + break; + } + if (ns & NS_LAST) break; /* Last segment match. Function completed. */ + dir = dj->dir; /* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */ + if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */ + res = FR_NO_PATH; break; + } + dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir); + } + } + + return res; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +BYTE check_fs ( /* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */ + FATFS *fs, /* File system object */ + DWORD sect /* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */ +) +{ + if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load boot record */ + return 3; + if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55) /* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */ + return 2; + + if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) /* Check "FAT" string */ + return 0; + if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT chk_mounted ( /* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */ + const TCHAR **path, /* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */ + FATFS **rfs, /* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */ + BYTE wmode /* !=0: Check write protection for write access */ +) +{ + BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl; + UINT vol; + DSTATUS stat; + DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat; + WORD nrsv; + const TCHAR *p = *path; + FATFS *fs; + + + /* Get logical drive number from the path name */ + vol = p[0] - '0'; /* Is there a drive number? */ + if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') { /* Found a drive number, get and strip it */ + p += 2; *path = p; /* Return pointer to the path name */ + } else { /* No drive number is given */ +#if _FS_RPATH + vol = CurrVol; /* Use current drive */ +#else + vol = 0; /* Use drive 0 */ +#endif + } + + /* Check if the file system object is valid or not */ + *rfs = 0; + if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Is the drive number valid? */ + return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; + fs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get corresponding file system object */ + if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; /* Is the file system object available? */ + + ENTER_FF(fs); /* Lock file system */ + + *rfs = fs; /* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */ + if (fs->fs_type) { /* If the volume has been mounted */ + stat = disk_status(fs->drv); + if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) { /* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */ + if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check write protection if needed */ + return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; + return FR_OK; /* The file system object is valid */ + } + } + + /* The file system object is not valid. */ + /* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */ + + fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear the file system object */ + fs->drv = LD2PD(vol); /* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */ + stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv); /* Initialize the physical drive */ + if (stat & STA_NOINIT) /* Check if the initialization succeeded */ + return FR_NOT_READY; /* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */ + if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT)) /* Check disk write protection if needed */ + return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */ + if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; +#endif + /* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */ + fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0); /* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */ + if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1; /* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */ + if (fmt == 1) { /* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */ + /* Check the partition listed in the partition table */ + pi = LD2PT(vol); + if (pi) pi--; + tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */ + if (tbl[4]) { /* Is the partition existing? */ + bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]); /* Partition offset in LBA */ + fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect); /* Check the partition */ + } + } + if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* No FAT volume is found */ + + /* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */ + + if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs)) /* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */ + return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; + + fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ + if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32); + fs->fsize = fasize; + + fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs]; /* Number of FAT copies */ + if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be 1 or 2) */ + fasize *= b; /* Number of sectors for FAT area */ + + fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus]; /* Number of sectors per cluster */ + if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Must be power of 2) */ + + fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt); /* Number of root directory entries */ + if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */ + + tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16); /* Number of sectors on the volume */ + if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32); + + nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* Number of reserved sectors */ + if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */ + + /* Determine the FAT sub type */ + sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR); /* RSV+FAT+DIR */ + if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ + nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize; /* Number of clusters */ + if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (Invalid volume size) */ + fmt = FS_FAT12; + if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; + if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; + + /* Boundaries and Limits */ + fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2; /* Number of FAT entries */ + fs->database = bsect + sysect; /* Data start sector */ + fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; /* FAT start sector */ + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { + if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */ + fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus); /* Root directory start cluster */ + szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4; /* (Required FAT size) */ + } else { + if (!fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; /* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */ + fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize; /* Root directory start sector */ + szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ? /* (Required FAT size) */ + fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1); + } + if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs)) /* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */ + return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM; + +#if !_FS_READONLY + /* Initialize cluster allocation information */ + fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF; + fs->last_clust = 0; + + /* Get fsinfo if available */ + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { + fs->fsi_flag = 0; + fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo); + if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK && + LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 && + LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 && + LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) { + fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free); + fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count); + } + } +#endif + fs->fs_type = fmt; /* FAT sub-type */ + fs->id = ++Fsid; /* File system mount ID */ + fs->winsect = 0; /* Invalidate sector cache */ + fs->wflag = 0; +#if _FS_RPATH + fs->cdir = 0; /* Current directory (root dir) */ +#endif +#if _FS_LOCK /* Clear file lock semaphores */ + clear_lock(fs); +#endif + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +static +FRESULT validate ( /* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */ + void* obj /* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */ +) +{ + FIL *fil; + + + fil = (FIL*)obj; /* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */ + if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id) + return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + ENTER_FF(fil->fs); /* Lock file system */ + + if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT) + return FR_NOT_READY; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Public Functions + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_mount ( + BYTE vol, /* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */ + FATFS *fs /* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/ +) +{ + FATFS *rfs; + + + if (vol >= _VOLUMES) /* Check if the drive number is valid */ + return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; + rfs = FatFs[vol]; /* Get current fs object */ + + if (rfs) { +#if _FS_LOCK + clear_lock(rfs); +#endif +#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Discard sync object of the current volume */ + if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; +#endif + rfs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear old fs object */ + } + + if (fs) { + fs->fs_type = 0; /* Clear new fs object */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT /* Create sync object for the new volume */ + if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR; +#endif + } + FatFs[vol] = fs; /* Register new fs object */ + + return FR_OK; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Open or Create a File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_open ( + FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the blank file object */ + const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file name */ + BYTE mode /* Access mode and file open mode flags */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + BYTE *dir; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + fp->fs = 0; /* Clear file object */ + +#if !_FS_READONLY + mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW; + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ)); +#else + mode &= FA_READ; + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); +#endif + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + dir = dj.dir; +#if !_FS_READONLY /* R/W configuration */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (!dir) /* Current dir itself */ + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if _FS_LOCK + else + res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); +#endif + } + /* Create or Open a file */ + if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) { + DWORD dw, cl; + + if (res != FR_OK) { /* No file, create new */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) /* There is no file to open, create a new entry */ +#if _FS_LOCK + res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES; +#else + res = dir_register(&dj); +#endif + mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS; /* File is created */ + dir = dj.dir; /* New entry */ + } + else { /* Any object is already existing */ + if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */ + res = FR_DENIED; + } else { + if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW) /* Cannot create as new file */ + res = FR_EXIST; + } + } + if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) { /* Truncate it if overwrite mode */ + dw = get_fattime(); /* Created time */ + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw); + dir[DIR_Attr] = 0; /* Reset attribute */ + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0); /* size = 0 */ + cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* Get start cluster */ + st_clust(dir, 0); /* cluster = 0 */ + dj.fs->wflag = 1; + if (cl) { /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ + dw = dj.fs->winsect; + res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl); + if (res == FR_OK) { + dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1; /* Reuse the cluster hole */ + res = move_window(dj.fs, dw); + } + } + } + } + else { /* Open an existing file */ + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ + if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* It is a directory */ + res = FR_NO_FILE; + } else { + if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */ + res = FR_DENIED; + } + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) /* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */ + mode |= FA__WRITTEN; + fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect; /* Pointer to the directory entry */ + fp->dir_ptr = dir; +#if _FS_LOCK + fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0); + if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR; +#endif + } + +#else /* R/O configuration */ + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow succeeded */ + dir = dj.dir; + if (!dir) { /* Current dir itself */ + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + } else { + if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* It is a directory */ + res = FR_NO_FILE; + } + } +#endif + FREE_BUF(); + + if (res == FR_OK) { + fp->flag = mode; /* File access mode */ + fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); /* File start cluster */ + fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize); /* File size */ + fp->fptr = 0; /* File pointer */ + fp->dsect = 0; +#if _USE_FASTSEEK + fp->cltbl = 0; /* Normal seek mode */ +#endif + fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id; /* Validate file object */ + } + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_read ( + FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ + void *buff, /* Pointer to data buffer */ + UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to read */ + UINT *br /* Pointer to number of bytes read */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD clst, sect, remain; + UINT rcnt, cc; + BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff; + + + *br = 0; /* Clear read byte counter */ + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ + if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); + if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); + remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; + if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ + + for ( ; btr; /* Repeat until all data read */ + rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { + if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ + csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ + if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ + if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ + clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ + } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ +#if _USE_FASTSEEK + if (fp->cltbl) + clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ + else +#endif + clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */ + } + if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ + } + sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ + if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + sect += csect; + cc = btr / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ + if (cc) { /* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */ + if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ + cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; + if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 /* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */ +#if _FS_TINY + if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) + mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs)); +#else + if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc) + mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs)); +#endif +#endif + rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ + continue; + } +#if !_FS_TINY + if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Load data sector if not in cache */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + } +#endif + fp->dsect = sect; + } + rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */ + if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; +#if _FS_TINY + if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ +#else + mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); /* Pick partial sector */ +#endif + } + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} + + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Write File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_write ( + FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ + const void *buff, /* Pointer to the data to be written */ + UINT btw, /* Number of bytes to write */ + UINT *bw /* Pointer to number of bytes written */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD clst, sect; + UINT wcnt, cc; + const BYTE *wbuff = buff; + BYTE csect; + + + *bw = 0; /* Clear write byte counter */ + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity */ + if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); + if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Aborted file? */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); + if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0; /* File size cannot reach 4GB */ + + for ( ; btw; /* Repeat until all data written */ + wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) { + if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ + csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ + if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ + if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* On the top of the file? */ + clst = fp->sclust; /* Follow from the origin */ + if (clst == 0) /* When no cluster is allocated, */ + fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); /* Create a new cluster chain */ + } else { /* Middle or end of the file */ +#if _USE_FASTSEEK + if (fp->cltbl) + clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr); /* Get cluster# from the CLMT */ + else +#endif + clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */ + } + if (clst == 0) break; /* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */ + if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ + } +#if _FS_TINY + if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0)) /* Write-back sector cache */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#else + if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back sector cache */ + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current sector */ + if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + sect += csect; + cc = btw / SS(fp->fs); /* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */ + if (cc) { /* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */ + if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize) /* Clip at cluster boundary */ + cc = fp->fs->csize - csect; + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#if _FS_TINY + if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ + mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); + fp->fs->wflag = 0; + } +#else + if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */ + mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs)); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc; /* Number of bytes transferred */ + continue; + } +#if _FS_TINY + if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) { /* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */ + if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->fs->winsect = sect; + } +#else + if (fp->dsect != sect) { /* Fill sector cache with file data */ + if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize && + disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + } +#endif + fp->dsect = sect; + } + wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */ + if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw; +#if _FS_TINY + if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect)) /* Move sector window */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ + fp->fs->wflag = 1; +#else + mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt); /* Fit partial sector */ + fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY; +#endif + } + + if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Update file size if needed */ + fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; /* Set file change flag */ + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Synchronize the File Object */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_sync ( + FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD tim; + BYTE *dir; + + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) { /* Has the file been written? */ +#if !_FS_TINY /* Write-back dirty buffer */ + if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + /* Update the directory entry */ + res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect); + if (res == FR_OK) { + dir = fp->dir_ptr; + dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC; /* Set archive bit */ + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize); /* Update file size */ + st_clust(dir, fp->sclust); /* Update start cluster */ + tim = get_fattime(); /* Update updated time */ + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); + ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0); + fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN; + fp->fs->wflag = 1; + res = sync(fp->fs); + } + } + } + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Close File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_close ( + FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object to be closed */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + + +#if _FS_READONLY + res = validate(fp); + { +#if _FS_REENTRANT + FATFS *fs = fp->fs; +#endif + if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ + LEAVE_FF(fs, res); + } +#else + res = f_sync(fp); /* Flush cached data */ +#if _FS_LOCK + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Decrement open counter */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT + FATFS *fs = fp->fs;; + res = validate(fp); + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); + unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK); + } +#else + res = dec_lock(fp->lockid); +#endif + } +#endif + if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0; /* Discard file object */ + return res; +#endif +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if _FS_RPATH >= 1 + +FRESULT f_chdrive ( + BYTE drv /* Drive number */ +) +{ + if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; + + CurrVol = drv; + + return FR_OK; +} + + + +FRESULT f_chdir ( + const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the path */ + FREE_BUF(); + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ + if (!dj.dir) { + dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust; /* Start directory itself */ + } else { + if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) /* Reached to the directory */ + dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); + else + res = FR_NO_PATH; /* Reached but a file */ + } + } + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + +#if _FS_RPATH >= 2 +FRESULT f_getcwd ( + TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the directory path */ + UINT sz_path /* Size of path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + UINT i, n; + DWORD ccl; + TCHAR *tp; + FILINFO fno; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + *path = 0; + res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0); /* Get current volume */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + i = sz_path; /* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */ + dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir; /* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */ + while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) { /* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */ + res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1); /* Get parent dir */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; + res = dir_read(&dj); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir); /* Goto parent dir */ + res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + do { /* Find the entry links to the child dir */ + res = dir_read(&dj); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break; /* Found the entry */ + res = dir_next(&dj, 0); + } while (res == FR_OK); + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */ + if (res != FR_OK) break; +#if _USE_LFN + fno.lfname = path; + fno.lfsize = i; +#endif + get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno); /* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */ + tp = fno.fname; + if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path; + for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ; + if (i < n + 3) { + res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break; + } + while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n]; + path[--i] = '/'; + } + tp = path; + if (res == FR_OK) { + *tp++ = '0' + CurrVol; /* Put drive number */ + *tp++ = ':'; + if (i == sz_path) { /* Root-dir */ + *tp++ = '/'; + } else { /* Sub-dir */ + do /* Add stacked path str */ + *tp++ = path[i++]; + while (i < sz_path); + } + } + *tp = 0; + FREE_BUF(); + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} +#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */ +#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */ + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Seek File R/W Pointer */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_lseek ( + FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ + DWORD ofs /* File pointer from top of file */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ + if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); + if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check abort flag */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + +#if _USE_FASTSEEK + if (fp->cltbl) { /* Fast seek */ + DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl; + + if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) { /* Create CLMT */ + tbl = fp->cltbl; + tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2; /* Given table size and required table size */ + cl = fp->sclust; /* Top of the chain */ + if (cl) { + do { + /* Get a fragment */ + tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2; /* Top, length and used items */ + do { + pcl = cl; ncl++; + cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl); + if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + } while (cl == pcl + 1); + if (ulen <= tlen) { /* Store the length and top of the fragment */ + *tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl; + } + } while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent); /* Repeat until end of chain */ + } + *fp->cltbl = ulen; /* Number of items used */ + if (ulen <= tlen) + *tbl = 0; /* Terminate table */ + else + res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; /* Given table size is smaller than required */ + + } else { /* Fast seek */ + if (ofs > fp->fsize) /* Clip offset at the file size */ + ofs = fp->fsize; + fp->fptr = ofs; /* Set file pointer */ + if (ofs) { + fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1); + dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); + if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1); + if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) { /* Refill sector cache if needed */ +#if !_FS_TINY +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK) /* Load current sector */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#endif + fp->dsect = dsc; + } + } + } + } else +#endif + + /* Normal Seek */ + { + DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr; + + if (ofs > fp->fsize /* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE) +#endif + ) ofs = fp->fsize; + + ifptr = fp->fptr; + fp->fptr = nsect = 0; + if (ofs) { + bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs); /* Cluster size (byte) */ + if (ifptr > 0 && + (ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) { /* When seek to same or following cluster, */ + fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1); /* start from the current cluster */ + ofs -= fp->fptr; + clst = fp->clust; + } else { /* When seek to back cluster, */ + clst = fp->sclust; /* start from the first cluster */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (clst == 0) { /* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */ + clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0); + if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->sclust = clst; + } +#endif + fp->clust = clst; + } + if (clst != 0) { + while (ofs > bcs) { /* Cluster following loop */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) { /* Check if in write mode or not */ + clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst); /* Force stretch if in write mode */ + if (clst == 0) { /* When disk gets full, clip file size */ + ofs = bcs; break; + } + } else +#endif + clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst); /* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */ + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + fp->clust = clst; + fp->fptr += bcs; + ofs -= bcs; + } + fp->fptr += ofs; + if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) { + nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst); /* Current sector */ + if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs); + } + } + } + if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) { /* Fill sector cache if needed */ +#if !_FS_TINY +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) { /* Write-back dirty sector cache */ + if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK) + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY; + } +#endif + if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK) /* Fill sector cache */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); +#endif + fp->dsect = nsect; + } +#if !_FS_READONLY + if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) { /* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */ + fp->fsize = fp->fptr; + fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; + } +#endif + } + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create a Directory Object */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_opendir ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to directory object to create */ + const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + FATFS *fs; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0); + fs = dj->fs; + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(*dj); + res = follow_path(dj, path); /* Follow the path to the directory */ + FREE_BUF(); + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ + if (dj->dir) { /* It is not the root dir */ + if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) { /* The object is a directory */ + dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir); + } else { /* The object is not a directory */ + res = FR_NO_PATH; + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + dj->id = fs->id; + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind dir */ + } + } + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH; + if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0; /* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */ + } else { + dj->fs = 0; + } + + LEAVE_FF(fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_readdir ( + DIR *dj, /* Pointer to the open directory object */ + FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = validate(dj); /* Check validity of the object */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (!fno) { + res = dir_sdi(dj, 0); /* Rewind the directory object */ + } else { + INIT_BUF(*dj); + res = dir_read(dj); /* Read an directory item */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Reached end of dir */ + dj->sect = 0; + res = FR_OK; + } + if (res == FR_OK) { /* A valid entry is found */ + get_fileinfo(dj, fno); /* Get the object information */ + res = dir_next(dj, 0); /* Increment index for next */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { + dj->sect = 0; + res = FR_OK; + } + } + FREE_BUF(); + } + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res); +} + + + +#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get File Status */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_stat ( + const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ + FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to file information to return */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Follow completed */ + if (dj.dir) /* Found an object */ + get_fileinfo(&dj, fno); + else /* It is root dir */ + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + } + FREE_BUF(); + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get Number of Free Clusters */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_getfree ( + const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */ + DWORD *nclst, /* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */ + FATFS **fatfs /* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + FATFS *fs; + DWORD n, clst, sect, stat; + UINT i; + BYTE fat, *p; + + + /* Get drive number */ + res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0); + fs = *fatfs; + if (res == FR_OK) { + /* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */ + if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) { + *nclst = fs->free_clust; + } else { + /* Get number of free clusters */ + fat = fs->fs_type; + n = 0; + if (fat == FS_FAT12) { + clst = 2; + do { + stat = get_fat(fs, clst); + if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; } + if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; } + if (stat == 0) n++; + } while (++clst < fs->n_fatent); + } else { + clst = fs->n_fatent; + sect = fs->fatbase; + i = 0; p = 0; + do { + if (!i) { + res = move_window(fs, sect++); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + p = fs->win; + i = SS(fs); + } + if (fat == FS_FAT16) { + if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++; + p += 2; i -= 2; + } else { + if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++; + p += 4; i -= 4; + } + } while (--clst); + } + fs->free_clust = n; + if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1; + *nclst = n; + } + } + LEAVE_FF(fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Truncate File */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_truncate ( + FIL *fp /* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD ncl; + + + if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) { /* Check abort flag */ + res = FR_INT_ERR; + } else { + if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)) /* Check access mode */ + res = FR_DENIED; + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) { + fp->fsize = fp->fptr; /* Set file size to current R/W point */ + fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN; + if (fp->fptr == 0) { /* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */ + res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust); + fp->sclust = 0; + } else { /* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */ + ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); + res = FR_OK; + if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; + if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; + if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) { + res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF); + if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl); + } + } + } + if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; + } + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Delete a File or Directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_unlink ( + const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the file or directory path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj, sdj; + BYTE *dir; + DWORD dclst; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove dot entry */ +#if _FS_LOCK + if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2); /* Cannot remove open file */ +#endif + if (res == FR_OK) { /* The object is accessible */ + dir = dj.dir; + if (!dir) { + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; /* Cannot remove the start directory */ + } else { + if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO) + res = FR_DENIED; /* Cannot remove R/O object */ + } + dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir); + if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Is it a sub-dir? */ + if (dclst < 2) { + res = FR_INT_ERR; + } else { + mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */ + sdj.sclust = dclst; + res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2); /* Exclude dot entries */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = dir_read(&sdj); + if (res == FR_OK /* Not empty dir */ +#if _FS_RPATH + || dclst == dj.fs->cdir /* Current dir */ +#endif + ) res = FR_DENIED; + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK; /* Empty */ + } + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = dir_remove(&dj); /* Remove the directory entry */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + if (dclst) /* Remove the cluster chain if exist */ + res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst); + if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs); + } + } + } + FREE_BUF(); + } + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create a Directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_mkdir ( + const TCHAR *path /* Pointer to the directory path */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + BYTE *dir, n; + DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime(); + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* Any object with same name is already existing */ + if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Can create a new directory */ + dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0); /* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */ + res = FR_OK; + if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED; /* No space to allocate a new cluster */ + if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR; + if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR; + if (res == FR_OK) /* Flush FAT */ + res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Initialize the new directory table */ + dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl); + dir = dj.fs->win; + mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); + mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3); /* Create "." entry */ + dir[DIR_Name] = '.'; + dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); + st_clust(dir, dcl); + mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); /* Create ".." entry */ + dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust; + if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase) + pcl = 0; + st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl); + for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) { /* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */ + dj.fs->winsect = dsc++; + dj.fs->wflag = 1; + res = move_window(dj.fs, 0); + if (res != FR_OK) break; + mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs)); + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj); /* Register the object to the directoy */ + if (res != FR_OK) { + remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl); /* Could not register, remove cluster chain */ + } else { + dir = dj.dir; + dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR; /* Attribute */ + ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim); /* Created time */ + st_clust(dir, dcl); /* Table start cluster */ + dj.fs->wflag = 1; + res = sync(dj.fs); + } + } + FREE_BUF(); + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change Attribute */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_chmod ( + const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file path */ + BYTE value, /* Attribute bits */ + BYTE mask /* Attribute mask to change */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + BYTE *dir; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + FREE_BUF(); + if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + if (res == FR_OK) { + dir = dj.dir; + if (!dir) { /* Is it a root directory? */ + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + } else { /* File or sub directory */ + mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC; /* Valid attribute mask */ + dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask); /* Apply attribute change */ + dj.fs->wflag = 1; + res = sync(dj.fs); + } + } + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Change Timestamp */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_utime ( + const TCHAR *path, /* Pointer to the file/directory name */ + const FILINFO *fno /* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR dj; + BYTE *dir; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1); + if (res == FR_OK) { + INIT_BUF(dj); + res = follow_path(&dj, path); /* Follow the file path */ + FREE_BUF(); + if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + if (res == FR_OK) { + dir = dj.dir; + if (!dir) { /* Root directory */ + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; + } else { /* File or sub-directory */ + ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime); + ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate); + dj.fs->wflag = 1; + res = sync(dj.fs); + } + } + } + + LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Rename File/Directory */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_rename ( + const TCHAR *path_old, /* Pointer to the old name */ + const TCHAR *path_new /* Pointer to the new name */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DIR djo, djn; + BYTE buf[21], *dir; + DWORD dw; + DEF_NAMEBUF; + + + res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1); + if (res == FR_OK) { + djn.fs = djo.fs; + INIT_BUF(djo); + res = follow_path(&djo, path_old); /* Check old object */ + if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT)) + res = FR_INVALID_NAME; +#if _FS_LOCK + if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2); +#endif + if (res == FR_OK) { /* Old object is found */ + if (!djo.dir) { /* Is root dir? */ + res = FR_NO_FILE; + } else { + mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21); /* Save the object information except for name */ + mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR)); /* Check new object */ + res = follow_path(&djn, path_new); + if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST; /* The new object name is already existing */ + if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { /* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */ +/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */ + res = dir_register(&djn); /* Register the new entry */ + if (res == FR_OK) { + dir = djn.dir; /* Copy object information except for name */ + mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19); + dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC; + djo.fs->wflag = 1; + if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */ + dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir)); + if (!dw) { + res = FR_INT_ERR; + } else { + res = move_window(djo.fs, dw); + dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR; /* .. entry */ + if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') { + dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust; + st_clust(dir, dw); + djo.fs->wflag = 1; + } + } + } + if (res == FR_OK) { + res = dir_remove(&djo); /* Remove old entry */ + if (res == FR_OK) + res = sync(djo.fs); + } + } +/* End critical section */ + } + } + } + FREE_BUF(); + } + LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res); +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */ +#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */ + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg) */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY + +FRESULT f_forward ( + FIL *fp, /* Pointer to the file object */ + UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT), /* Pointer to the streaming function */ + UINT btr, /* Number of bytes to forward */ + UINT *bf /* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */ +) +{ + FRESULT res; + DWORD remain, clst, sect; + UINT rcnt; + BYTE csect; + + + *bf = 0; /* Clear transfer byte counter */ + + if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT; + + res = validate(fp); /* Check validity of the object */ + if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res); + if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) /* Check error flag */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) /* Check access mode */ + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED); + + remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr; + if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain; /* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */ + + for ( ; btr && (*func)(0, 0); /* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */ + fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) { + csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1)); /* Sector offset in the cluster */ + if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) { /* On the sector boundary? */ + if (!csect) { /* On the cluster boundary? */ + clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ? /* On the top of the file? */ + fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust); + if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->clust = clst; /* Update current cluster */ + } + } + sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust); /* Get current data sector */ + if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + sect += csect; + if (move_window(fp->fs, sect)) /* Move sector window */ + ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR); + fp->dsect = sect; + rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)); /* Forward data from sector window */ + if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr; + rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt); + if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR); + } + + LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK); +} +#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */ + + + +#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Create File System on the Drive */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define N_ROOTDIR 512 /* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */ +#define N_FATS 1 /* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */ + + +FRESULT f_mkfs ( + BYTE drv, /* Logical drive number */ + BYTE sfd, /* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */ + UINT au /* Allocation unit size [bytes] */ +) +{ + static const WORD vst[] = { 1024, 512, 256, 128, 64, 32, 16, 8, 4, 2, 0}; + static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512}; + BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part; + DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect; + UINT i; + DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data; /* LBA */ + DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir; /* Size */ + FATFS *fs; + DSTATUS stat; + + + /* Check mounted drive and clear work area */ + if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE; + if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; + if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; + fs = FatFs[drv]; + if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED; + fs->fs_type = 0; + pdrv = LD2PD(drv); /* Physical drive */ + part = LD2PT(drv); /* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/ + + /* Get disk statics */ + stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); + if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; + if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; +#if _MAX_SS != 512 /* Get disk sector size */ + if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS) + return FR_DISK_ERR; +#endif + if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { + /* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */ + if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; + tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; + if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* No partition? */ + b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8); /* Volume start sector */ + n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12); /* Volume size */ + } else { + /* Create a partition in this function */ + if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63; /* Volume start sector */ + n_vol -= b_vol; /* Volume size */ + } + + if (!au) { /* AU auto selection */ + vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512)); + for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ; + au = cst[i]; + } + au /= SS(fs); /* Number of sectors per cluster */ + if (au == 0) au = 1; + if (au > 128) au = 128; + + /* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */ + n_clst = n_vol / au; + fmt = FS_FAT12; + if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16; + if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32; + + /* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */ + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { + n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); + n_rsv = 32; + n_dir = 0; + } else { + n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4; + n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs); + n_rsv = 1; + n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs); + } + b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv; /* FAT area start sector */ + b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS; /* Directory area start sector */ + b_data = b_dir + n_dir; /* Data area start sector */ + if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; /* Too small volume */ + + /* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */ + if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1; + n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1); /* Next nearest erase block from current data start */ + n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS; + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { /* FAT32: Move FAT offset */ + n_rsv += n; + b_fat += n; + } else { /* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */ + n_fat += n; + } + + /* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */ + n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au; + if ( (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16) + || (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32)) + return FR_MKFS_ABORTED; + + switch (fmt) { /* Determine system ID for partition table */ + case FS_FAT12: sys = 0x01; break; + case FS_FAT16: sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break; + default: sys = 0x0C; + } + + if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) { + /* Update system ID in the partition table */ + tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE]; + tbl[4] = sys; + if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR; + md = 0xF8; + } else { + if (sfd) { /* No partition table (SFD) */ + md = 0xF0; + } else { /* Create partition table (FDISK) */ + mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs)); + tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table; /* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */ + tbl[1] = 1; /* Partition start head */ + tbl[2] = 1; /* Partition start sector */ + tbl[3] = 0; /* Partition start cylinder */ + tbl[4] = sys; /* System type */ + tbl[5] = 254; /* Partition end head */ + n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255; + tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63); /* Partition end sector */ + tbl[7] = (BYTE)n; /* End cylinder */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63); /* Partition start in LBA */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol); /* Partition size in LBA */ + ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* MBR signature */ + if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the MBR sector */ + return FR_DISK_ERR; + md = 0xF8; + } + } + + /* Create BPB in the VBR */ + tbl = fs->win; /* Clear sector */ + mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); + mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */ + i = SS(fs); /* Sector size */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i); + tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au; /* Sectors per cluster */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv); /* Reserved sectors */ + tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS; /* Number of FATs */ + i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR; /* Number of rootdir entries */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i); + if (n_vol < 0x10000) { /* Number of total sectors */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol); + } else { + ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol); + } + tbl[BPB_Media] = md; /* Media descriptor */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63); /* Number of sectors per track */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255); /* Number of heads */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol); /* Hidden sectors */ + n = get_fattime(); /* Use current time as VSN */ + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { + ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n); /* VSN */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2); /* Root directory start cluster (2) */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1); /* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6); /* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */ + tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ + tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ + mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME " "FAT32 ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ + } else { + ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n); /* VSN */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat); /* Number of sectors per FAT */ + tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80; /* Drive number */ + tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29; /* Extended boot signature */ + mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME " "FAT ", 19); /* Volume label, FAT signature */ + } + ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); /* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */ + if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK) /* Write it to the VBR sector */ + return FR_DISK_ERR; + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) /* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */ + disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1); + + /* Initialize FAT area */ + wsect = b_fat; + for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) { /* Initialize each FAT copy */ + mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* 1st sector of the FAT */ + n = md; /* Media descriptor byte */ + if (fmt != FS_FAT32) { + n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00; + ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */ + } else { + n |= 0xFFFFFF00; + ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n); /* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF); + ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF); /* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */ + } + if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs)); /* Fill following FAT entries with zero */ + for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) { /* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */ + if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + } + } + + /* Initialize root directory */ + i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir; + do { + if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK) + return FR_DISK_ERR; + } while (--i); + +#if _USE_ERASE /* Erase data area if needed */ + { + DWORD eb[2]; + + eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1; + disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb); + } +#endif + + /* Create FSInfo if needed */ + if (fmt == FS_FAT32) { + ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252); + ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272); + ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1); /* Number of free clusters */ + ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2); /* Last allocated cluster# */ + ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55); + disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1); /* Write original (VBR+1) */ + disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1); /* Write backup (VBR+7) */ + } + + return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR; +} + + +#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Divide Physical Drive */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +FRESULT f_fdisk ( + BYTE pdrv, /* Physical drive number */ + const DWORD szt[], /* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */ + void* work /* Pointer to the working buffer */ +) +{ + UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl; + BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work; + DSTATUS stat; + DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part; + + + stat = disk_initialize(pdrv); + if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY; + if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED; + if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR; + + /* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */ + for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ; + if (n == 256) n--; + e_hd = n - 1; + sz_cyl = 63 * n; + tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl; + + /* Create partition table */ + mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS); + p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0; + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) { + p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl; + if (!p_cyl) continue; + s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl; + sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl; + if (i == 0) { /* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */ + s_hd = 1; + s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63; + } else { + s_hd = 0; + } + e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1; + if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER; + + /* Set partition table */ + p[1] = s_hd; /* Start head */ + p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1); /* Start sector */ + p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl; /* Start cylinder */ + p[4] = 0x06; /* System type (temporary setting) */ + p[5] = e_hd; /* End head */ + p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63); /* End sector */ + p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl; /* End cylinder */ + ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part); /* Start sector in LBA */ + ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part); /* Partition size */ + + /* Next partition */ + b_cyl += p_cyl; + } + ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55); + + /* Write it to the MBR */ + return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK; +} + + +#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */ +#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */ + + + + +#if _USE_STRFUNC +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Get a string from the file */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +TCHAR* f_gets ( + TCHAR* buff, /* Pointer to the string buffer to read */ + int len, /* Size of string buffer (characters) */ + FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ + int n = 0; + TCHAR c, *p = buff; + BYTE s[2]; + UINT rc; + + + while (n < len - 1) { /* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */ + f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); + if (rc != 1) break; /* Break on EOF or error */ + c = s[0]; +#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */ + if (c >= 0x80) { + if (c < 0xC0) continue; /* Skip stray trailer */ + if (c < 0xE0) { /* Two-byte sequence */ + f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc); + if (rc != 1) break; + c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F); + if (c < 0x80) c = '?'; + } else { + if (c < 0xF0) { /* Three-byte sequence */ + f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc); + if (rc != 2) break; + c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F); + if (c < 0x800) c = '?'; + } else { /* Reject four-byte sequence */ + c = '?'; + } + } + } +#endif +#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 + if (c == '\r') continue; /* Strip '\r' */ +#endif + *p++ = c; + n++; + if (c == '\n') break; /* Break on EOL */ + } + *p = 0; + return n ? buff : 0; /* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */ +} + + + +#if !_FS_READONLY +#include <stdarg.h> +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a character to the file */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_putc ( + TCHAR c, /* A character to be output */ + FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ + UINT bw, btw; + BYTE s[3]; + + +#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2 + if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil); /* LF -> CRLF conversion */ +#endif + +#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */ + if (c < 0x80) { /* 7-bit */ + s[0] = (BYTE)c; + btw = 1; + } else { + if (c < 0x800) { /* 11-bit */ + s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6)); + s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); + btw = 2; + } else { /* 16-bit */ + s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12)); + s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F)); + s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F)); + btw = 3; + } + } +#else /* Write the character without conversion */ + s[0] = (BYTE)c; + btw = 1; +#endif + f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw); /* Write the char to the file */ + return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF; /* Return the result */ +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a string to the file */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_puts ( + const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the string to be output */ + FIL* fil /* Pointer to the file object */ +) +{ + int n; + + + for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) { + if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF; + } + return n; +} + + + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Put a formatted string to the file */ +/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +int f_printf ( + FIL* fil, /* Pointer to the file object */ + const TCHAR* str, /* Pointer to the format string */ + ... /* Optional arguments... */ +) +{ + va_list arp; + BYTE f, r; + UINT i, j, w; + ULONG v; + TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p; + int res, chc, cc; + + + va_start(arp, str); + + for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) { + c = *str++; + if (c == 0) break; /* End of string */ + if (c != '%') { /* Non escape character */ + cc = f_putc(c, fil); + if (cc != EOF) cc = 1; + continue; + } + w = f = 0; + c = *str++; + if (c == '0') { /* Flag: '0' padding */ + f = 1; c = *str++; + } else { + if (c == '-') { /* Flag: left justified */ + f = 2; c = *str++; + } + } + while (IsDigit(c)) { /* Precision */ + w = w * 10 + c - '0'; + c = *str++; + } + if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') { /* Prefix: Size is long int */ + f |= 4; c = *str++; + } + if (!c) break; + d = c; + if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20; + switch (d) { /* Type is... */ + case 'S' : /* String */ + p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*); + for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ; + chc = 0; + if (!(f & 2)) { + while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); + } + chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil)); + while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); + if (cc != EOF) cc = chc; + continue; + case 'C' : /* Character */ + cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue; + case 'B' : /* Binary */ + r = 2; break; + case 'O' : /* Octal */ + r = 8; break; + case 'D' : /* Signed decimal */ + case 'U' : /* Unsigned decimal */ + r = 10; break; + case 'X' : /* Hexdecimal */ + r = 16; break; + default: /* Unknown type (pass-through) */ + cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue; + } + + /* Get an argument and put it in numeral */ + v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int)); + if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) { + v = 0 - v; + f |= 8; + } + i = 0; + do { + d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r; + if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07; + s[i++] = d + '0'; + } while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]); + if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-'; + j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' '; + res = 0; + while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil)); + do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i); + while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil)); + if (cc != EOF) cc = res; + } + + va_end(arp); + return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res; +} + +#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */ +#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */ diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..627cbaabe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems. +/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial +/ developments under license policy of following terms. +/ +/ Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved. +/ +/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY. +/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for +/ personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. +/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice. +/ +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _FATFS +#define _FATFS 4004 /* Revision ID */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "integer.h" /* Basic integer types */ +#include "ffconf.h" /* FatFs configuration options */ + +#if _FATFS != _FFCONF +#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h). +#endif + + + +/* Definitions of volume management */ + +#if _MULTI_PARTITION /* Multiple partition configuration */ +typedef struct { + BYTE pd; /* Physical drive number */ + BYTE pt; /* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */ +} PARTITION; +extern PARTITION VolToPart[]; /* Volume - Partition resolution table */ +#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd) /* Get physical drive number */ +#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt) /* Get partition index */ + +#else /* Single partition configuration */ +#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol) /* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */ +#define LD2PT(vol) 0 /* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */ + +#endif + + + +/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */ + +#if _LFN_UNICODE /* Unicode string */ +#if !_USE_LFN +#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg. +#endif +#ifndef _INC_TCHAR +typedef WCHAR TCHAR; +#define _T(x) L ## x +#define _TEXT(x) L ## x +#endif + +#else /* ANSI/OEM string */ +#ifndef _INC_TCHAR +typedef char TCHAR; +#define _T(x) x +#define _TEXT(x) x +#endif + +#endif + + + +/* File system object structure (FATFS) */ + +typedef struct { + BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */ + BYTE drv; /* Physical drive number */ + BYTE csize; /* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */ + BYTE n_fats; /* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */ + BYTE wflag; /* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ + BYTE fsi_flag; /* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */ + WORD id; /* File system mount ID */ + WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */ +#if _MAX_SS != 512 + WORD ssize; /* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */ +#endif +#if _FS_REENTRANT + _SYNC_t sobj; /* Identifier of sync object */ +#endif +#if !_FS_READONLY + DWORD last_clust; /* Last allocated cluster */ + DWORD free_clust; /* Number of free clusters */ + DWORD fsi_sector; /* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */ +#endif +#if _FS_RPATH + DWORD cdir; /* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */ +#endif + DWORD n_fatent; /* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */ + DWORD fsize; /* Sectors per FAT */ + DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */ + DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */ + DWORD database; /* Data start sector */ + DWORD winsect; /* Current sector appearing in the win[] */ + BYTE win[_MAX_SS]; /* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */ +} FATFS; + + + +/* File object structure (FIL) */ + +typedef struct { + FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the related file system object */ + WORD id; /* File system mount ID of the related file system object */ + BYTE flag; /* File status flags */ + BYTE pad1; + DWORD fptr; /* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */ + DWORD fsize; /* File size */ + DWORD sclust; /* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */ + DWORD clust; /* Current cluster of fpter */ + DWORD dsect; /* Current data sector of fpter */ +#if !_FS_READONLY + DWORD dir_sect; /* Sector containing the directory entry */ + BYTE* dir_ptr; /* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */ +#endif +#if _USE_FASTSEEK + DWORD* cltbl; /* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */ +#endif +#if _FS_LOCK + UINT lockid; /* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */ +#endif +#if !_FS_TINY + BYTE buf[_MAX_SS]; /* File data read/write buffer */ +#endif +} FIL; + + + +/* Directory object structure (DIR) */ + +typedef struct { + FATFS* fs; /* Pointer to the owner file system object */ + WORD id; /* Owner file system mount ID */ + WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */ + DWORD sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */ + DWORD clust; /* Current cluster */ + DWORD sect; /* Current sector */ + BYTE* dir; /* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */ + BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */ +#if _USE_LFN + WCHAR* lfn; /* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */ + WORD lfn_idx; /* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */ +#endif +} DIR; + + + +/* File status structure (FILINFO) */ + +typedef struct { + DWORD fsize; /* File size */ + WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */ + WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */ + BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */ + TCHAR fname[13]; /* Short file name (8.3 format) */ +#if _USE_LFN + TCHAR* lfname; /* Pointer to the LFN buffer */ + UINT lfsize; /* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */ +#endif +} FILINFO; + + + +/* File function return code (FRESULT) */ + +typedef enum { + FR_OK = 0, /* (0) Succeeded */ + FR_DISK_ERR, /* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */ + FR_INT_ERR, /* (2) Assertion failed */ + FR_NOT_READY, /* (3) The physical drive cannot work */ + FR_NO_FILE, /* (4) Could not find the file */ + FR_NO_PATH, /* (5) Could not find the path */ + FR_INVALID_NAME, /* (6) The path name format is invalid */ + FR_DENIED, /* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */ + FR_EXIST, /* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */ + FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */ + FR_WRITE_PROTECTED, /* (10) The physical drive is write protected */ + FR_INVALID_DRIVE, /* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */ + FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* (12) The volume has no work area */ + FR_NO_FILESYSTEM, /* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */ + FR_MKFS_ABORTED, /* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */ + FR_TIMEOUT, /* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */ + FR_LOCKED, /* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */ + FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE, /* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */ + FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES, /* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */ + FR_INVALID_PARAMETER /* (19) Given parameter is invalid */ +} FRESULT; + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* FatFs module application interface */ + +FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */ +FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE); /* Open or create a file */ +FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Read data from a file */ +FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */ +FRESULT f_close (FIL*); /* Close an open file object */ +FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*); /* Open an existing directory */ +FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */ +FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*); /* Get file status */ +FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*); /* Write data to a file */ +FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**); /* Get number of free clusters on the drive */ +FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*); /* Truncate file */ +FRESULT f_sync (FIL*); /* Flush cached data of a writing file */ +FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*); /* Delete an existing file or directory */ +FRESULT f_mkdir (const TCHAR*); /* Create a new directory */ +FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE); /* Change attribute of the file/dir */ +FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*); /* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */ +FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*); /* Rename/Move a file or directory */ +FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE); /* Change current drive */ +FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*); /* Change current directory */ +FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT); /* Get current directory */ +FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*); /* Forward data to the stream */ +FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT); /* Create a file system on the drive */ +FRESULT f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*); /* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */ +int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*); /* Put a character to the file */ +int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*); /* Put a string to the file */ +int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...); /* Put a formatted string to the file */ +TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*); /* Get a string from the file */ + +#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0) +#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0) +#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr) +#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize) + +#ifndef EOF +#define EOF (-1) +#endif + + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Additional user defined functions */ + +/* RTC function */ +#if !_FS_READONLY +DWORD get_fattime (void); +#endif + +/* Unicode support functions */ +#if _USE_LFN /* Unicode - OEM code conversion */ +WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT); /* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */ +WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR); /* Unicode upper-case conversion */ +#if _USE_LFN == 3 /* Memory functions */ +void* ff_memalloc (UINT); /* Allocate memory block */ +void ff_memfree (void*); /* Free memory block */ +#endif +#endif + +/* Sync functions */ +#if _FS_REENTRANT +int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */ +int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Lock sync object */ +void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t); /* Unlock sync object */ +int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t); /* Delete a sync object */ +#endif + + + + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Flags and offset address */ + + +/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */ + +#define FA_READ 0x01 +#define FA_OPEN_EXISTING 0x00 +#define FA__ERROR 0x80 + +#if !_FS_READONLY +#define FA_WRITE 0x02 +#define FA_CREATE_NEW 0x04 +#define FA_CREATE_ALWAYS 0x08 +#define FA_OPEN_ALWAYS 0x10 +#define FA__WRITTEN 0x20 +#define FA__DIRTY 0x40 +#endif + + +/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */ + +#define FS_FAT12 1 +#define FS_FAT16 2 +#define FS_FAT32 3 + + +/* File attribute bits for directory entry */ + +#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */ +#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */ +#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */ +#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */ +#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */ +#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */ +#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */ +#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */ + + +/* Fast seek feature */ +#define CREATE_LINKMAP 0xFFFFFFFF + + + +/*--------------------------------*/ +/* Multi-byte word access macros */ + +#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */ +#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val) +#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val) +#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */ +#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr)) +#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8) +#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _FATFS */ diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63a4e78236 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012 +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ +/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to +/ the configuration options. +/ +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef _FFCONF +#define _FFCONF 4004 /* Revision ID */ + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Function and Buffer Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _FS_TINY 1 /* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */ +/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system +/ object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file +/ data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */ + + +#define _FS_READONLY 0 /* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */ +/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes +/ writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename, +/ f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */ + + +#define _FS_MINIMIZE 2 /* 0 to 3 */ +/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions. +/ +/ 0: Full function. +/ 1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename +/ are removed. +/ 2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1. +/ 3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */ + + +#define _USE_STRFUNC 0 /* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */ +/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */ + + +#define _USE_MKFS 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */ + + +#define _USE_FORWARD 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */ + + +#define _USE_FASTSEEK 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Locale and Namespace Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _CODE_PAGE 932 +/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system. +/ Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure. +/ +/ 932 - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/ 936 - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/ 949 - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/ 950 - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows) +/ 1250 - Central Europe (Windows) +/ 1251 - Cyrillic (Windows) +/ 1252 - Latin 1 (Windows) +/ 1253 - Greek (Windows) +/ 1254 - Turkish (Windows) +/ 1255 - Hebrew (Windows) +/ 1256 - Arabic (Windows) +/ 1257 - Baltic (Windows) +/ 1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows) +/ 437 - U.S. (OEM) +/ 720 - Arabic (OEM) +/ 737 - Greek (OEM) +/ 775 - Baltic (OEM) +/ 850 - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) +/ 858 - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) +/ 852 - Latin 2 (OEM) +/ 855 - Cyrillic (OEM) +/ 866 - Russian (OEM) +/ 857 - Turkish (OEM) +/ 862 - Hebrew (OEM) +/ 874 - Thai (OEM, Windows) +/ 1 - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.) +*/ + + +#define _USE_LFN 0 /* 0 to 3 */ +#define _MAX_LFN 255 /* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */ +/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support. +/ +/ 0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect. +/ 1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant. +/ 2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK. +/ 3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP. +/ +/ The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN, +/ Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added +/ to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions +/ ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */ + + +#define _LFN_UNICODE 0 /* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */ +/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode, +/ enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */ + + +#define _FS_RPATH 0 /* 0 to 2 */ +/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature. +/ +/ 0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions. +/ 1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available. +/ 2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1. +/ +/ Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ Physical Drive Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _VOLUMES 1 +/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */ + + +#define _MAX_SS 512 /* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */ +/* Maximum sector size to be handled. +/ Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be +/ required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk. +/ When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size +/ and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */ + + +#define _MULTI_PARTITION 0 /* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */ +/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and +/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume +/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */ + + +#define _USE_ERASE 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command +/ should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */ + + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/ +/ System Configurations +/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define _WORD_ACCESS 1 /* 0 or 1 */ +/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS +/ option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume. +/ +/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. +/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met. +/ +/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word +/ access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0. +/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the +/ performance and code size. +*/ + + +/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as +/ windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */ + +#define _FS_REENTRANT 0 /* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */ +#define _FS_TIMEOUT 1000 /* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */ +#define _SYNC_t HANDLE /* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */ + +/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module. +/ +/ 0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect. +/ 1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers, +/ ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj +/ function must be added to the project. */ + + +#define _FS_LOCK 0 /* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */ +/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater. + The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */ + + +#endif /* _FFCONFIG */ + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5408fe6b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/*-------------------------------------------*/ +/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */ +/*-------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef _INTEGER +#define _INTEGER + +#ifdef _WIN32 /* FatFs development platform */ + +#include <windows.h> +#include <tchar.h> + +#else /* Embedded platform */ + +/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */ +typedef int INT; +typedef unsigned int UINT; + +/* These types must be 8-bit integer */ +typedef char CHAR; +typedef unsigned char UCHAR; +typedef unsigned char BYTE; + +/* These types must be 16-bit integer */ +typedef short SHORT; +typedef unsigned short USHORT; +typedef unsigned short WORD; +typedef unsigned short WCHAR; + +/* These types must be 32-bit integer */ +typedef long LONG; +typedef unsigned long ULONG; +typedef unsigned long DWORD; + +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5a0f911d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#include "RTC.h" + +#if defined(DUMMY_RTC) + +/** Current dummy RTC time and date */ +static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count; + +void RTC_Init(void) +{ + DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; + DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; + DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; + DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; + DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; + DummyRTC_Count.Year = 00; +} + +void RTC_Tick500ms(void) +{ + static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false; + + HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed; + if (HalfSecondElapsed == false) + return; + + if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60) + return; + + DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0; + + if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60) + return; + + DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0; + + if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24) + return; + + DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0; + + static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; + uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1]; + + /* Check if we need to account for a leap year */ + if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) && + ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4)))) + { + DaysInMonth++; + } + + if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth) + return; + + DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1; + + if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12) + return; + + DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1; + DummyRTC_Count.Year++; +} + +bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) +{ + GlobalInterruptDisable(); + DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate; + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + return true; +} + +bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) +{ + GlobalInterruptDisable(); + *TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count; + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + return true; +} + +#else + +void RTC_Init(void) +{ + /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ +} + +void RTC_Tick500ms(void) +{ + /* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */ +} + +bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate) +{ + DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues; + const uint8_t WriteAddress = 0; + + // Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout + NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10); + NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH = false; + NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10); + NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10); + NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false; + + // Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout + NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0; + NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10); + NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10); + NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10); + NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10); + + // Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307 + if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress), + (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) + { + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate) +{ + DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues; + const uint8_t ReadAddress = 0; + + // Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307 + if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress), + (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError) + { + return false; + } + + // Convert stored time value into decimal + TimeDate->Second = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec; + TimeDate->Minute = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min; + TimeDate->Hour = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour; + + // Convert stored date value into decimal + TimeDate->Day = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day; + TimeDate->Month = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month; + TimeDate->Year = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year; + + return true; +} + +#endif diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae4fbfe16f --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +#ifndef _RTC_H_ +#define _RTC_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Type Defines: */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t Hour; + uint8_t Minute; + uint8_t Second; + uint8_t Day; + uint8_t Month; + uint8_t Year; + } TimeDate_t; + + typedef struct + { + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Sec : 4; + unsigned TenSec : 3; + unsigned CH : 1; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte1; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Min : 4; + unsigned TenMin : 3; + unsigned Reserved : 1; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte2; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Hour : 4; + unsigned TenHour : 2; + unsigned TwelveHourMode : 1; + unsigned Reserved : 1; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte3; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned DayOfWeek : 3; + unsigned Reserved : 5; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte4; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Day : 4; + unsigned TenDay : 2; + unsigned Reserved : 2; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte5; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Month : 4; + unsigned TenMonth : 1; + unsigned Reserved : 3; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte6; + + union + { + struct + { + unsigned Year : 4; + unsigned TenYear : 4; + } Fields; + + uint8_t IntVal; + } Byte7; + } DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t; + + /* Macros: */ + /** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */ + #define DS1307_ADDRESS 0xD0 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void RTC_Init(void); + void RTC_Tick500ms(void); + bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate); + bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate); + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..315f2e3a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage + * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, + * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C +#include "SCSI.h" + +/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's + * features and capabilities. + */ +static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = + { + .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, + .PeripheralQualifier = 0, + + .Removable = true, + + .Version = 0, + + .ResponseDataFormat = 2, + .NormACA = false, + .TrmTsk = false, + .AERC = false, + + .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, + + .SoftReset = false, + .CmdQue = false, + .Linked = false, + .Sync = false, + .WideBus16Bit = false, + .WideBus32Bit = false, + .RelAddr = false, + + .VendorID = "LUFA", + .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", + .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, + }; + +/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE + * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. + */ +static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = + { + .ResponseCode = 0x70, + .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, + }; + + +/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches + * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns + * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise + */ +bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + bool CommandSuccess = false; + + /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ + switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) + { + case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: + case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: + case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: + case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: + /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ + CommandSuccess = true; + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + break; + default: + /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + break; + } + + /* Check if command was successfully processed */ + if (CommandSuccess) + { + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features + * and capabilities to the host. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); + uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); + + /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ + if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) + { + /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); + + /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ + Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, + * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; + uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); + Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity + * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1); + uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE; + + Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the + * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is + * supported. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ + if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) + { + /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ + if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) + { + /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address + * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual + * reading and writing of the data. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const bool IsDataRead) +{ + uint32_t BlockAddress; + uint16_t TotalBlocks; + + /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ + if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) + { + /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, + SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ + BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); + + /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */ + TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); + + /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ + if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS) + { + /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ + if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) + DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + else + DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + + /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about + * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ + MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; + + return true; +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ec9c3e2a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for SCSI.c. + */ + +#ifndef _SCSI_H_ +#define _SCSI_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include "../TempDataLogger.h" + #include "../Descriptors.h" + #include "DataflashManager.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This + * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about + * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. + * + * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to + * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to + * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to + */ + #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) + + /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_READ true + + /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_WRITE false + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) + static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, + const bool IsDataRead); + static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44904fbe1e --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of + * the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "TempDataLogger.h" + +/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + * within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface = + { + .Config = + { + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, + .DataINEndpoint = + { + .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, + .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .Banks = 1, + }, + .DataOUTEndpoint = + { + .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, + .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .Banks = 1, + }, + .TotalLUNs = 1, + }, + }; + +/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */ +static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + +/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is + * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class + * within a device can be differentiated from one another. + */ +USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface = + { + .Config = + { + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_HID, + .ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, + .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE, + .Banks = 1, + }, + .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer, + .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer), + }, + }; + +/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ +static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; + +/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */ +static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; + +/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */ +static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks; + +/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */ +static FATFS DiskFATState; + +/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */ +static FIL TempLogFile; + + +/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */ +ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) +{ + /* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */ + RTC_Tick500ms(); + + /* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */ + if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM) + return; + + /* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */ + CurrentLoggingTicks = 0; + + uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs(); + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + + /* Only log when not connected to a USB host */ + if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) + { + TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; + RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); + + char LineBuffer[100]; + uint16_t BytesWritten; + + BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n", + CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year, + CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second, + Temperature_GetTemperature()); + + f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten); + f_sync(&TempLogFile); + } + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); +} + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + /* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */ + LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM); + + /* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */ + if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF) + LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL; + + /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ + OpenLogFile(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface); + HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */ +void OpenLogFile(void) +{ + char LogFileName[12]; + + /* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */ + TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate; + RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate); + sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year); + + /* Mount the storage device, open the file */ + f_mount(0, &DiskFATState); + f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE); + f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize); +} + +/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */ +void CloseLogFile(void) +{ + /* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */ + f_sync(&TempLogFile); + f_close(&TempLogFile); +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128); + Temperature_Init(); + Dataflash_Init(); + USB_Init(); + TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000)); + RTC_Init(); + + /* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */ + OCR1A = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1); + TCCR1B = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12); + TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A); + + /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */ + if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + for(;;); + } + + /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ + DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */ + CloseLogFile(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + + /* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */ + OpenLogFile(); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface); + ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface); + HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface); +} + +/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed. + * + * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced + */ +bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) +{ + bool CommandSuccess; + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo); + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + return CommandSuccess; +} + +/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host. + * + * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced + * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID + * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature + * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored + * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent) + * + * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent + */ +bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, + uint8_t* const ReportID, + const uint8_t ReportType, + void* ReportData, + uint16_t* const ReportSize) +{ + Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; + + RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); + + ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM; + + *ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t); + return true; +} + +/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host. + * + * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced + * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host + * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature + * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored + * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report + */ +void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, + const uint8_t ReportID, + const uint8_t ReportType, + const void* ReportData, + const uint16_t ReportSize) +{ + Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData; + + RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate); + + /* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */ + if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS) + { + LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS; + eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM); + } +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70d17f4daf --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for TempDataLogger.c. + */ + +#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ +#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdio.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include "Lib/SCSI.h" + #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" + #include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h" + #include "Lib/RTC.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 + + /** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */ + #define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL 10 + + /** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */ + #define DISK_READ_ONLY false + + /* Type Defines: */ + typedef struct + { + TimeDate_t TimeDate; + uint8_t LogInterval500MS; + } Device_Report_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void OpenLogFile(void); + void CloseLogFile(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + + bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo); + bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, + uint8_t* const ReportID, + const uint8_t ReportType, + void* ReportData, + uint16_t* const ReportSize); + void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, + const uint8_t ReportID, + const uint8_t ReportType, + const void* ReportData, + const uint16_t ReportSize); + +#endif + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bdf8db0eed --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10926e87f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt @@ -0,0 +1,675 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58fac51449 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +namespace Project1HostApp +{ + partial class frmDataloggerSettings + { + /// <summary> + /// Required designer variable. + /// </summary> + private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null; + + /// <summary> + /// Clean up any resources being used. + /// </summary> + /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param> + protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) + { + if (disposing && (components != null)) + { + components.Dispose(); + } + base.Dispose(disposing); + } + + #region Windows Form Designer generated code + + /// <summary> + /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify + /// the contents of this method with the code editor. + /// </summary> + private void InitializeComponent() + { + this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); + this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); + this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown(); + this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); + this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit(); + this.SuspendLayout(); + // + // btnSetValues + // + this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136); + this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues"; + this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); + this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0; + this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values"; + this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; + this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click); + // + // dtpTime + // + this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = ""; + this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time; + this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61); + this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime"; + this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true; + this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); + this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1; + // + // lblTime + // + this.lblTime.AutoSize = true; + this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); + this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67); + this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime"; + this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); + this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2; + this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:"; + // + // lblLoggingInterval + // + this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true; + this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); + this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101); + this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval"; + this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13); + this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3; + this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:"; + // + // nudLogInterval + // + this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94); + this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] { + 60, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] { + 1, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval"; + this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20); + this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5; + this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] { + 5, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + // + // lblSeconds + // + this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true; + this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101); + this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds"; + this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13); + this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6; + this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds"; + // + // btnGetValues + // + this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136); + this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues"; + this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35); + this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7; + this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values"; + this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true; + this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click); + // + // lblDate + // + this.lblDate.AutoSize = true; + this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0))); + this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33); + this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate"; + this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13); + this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8; + this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:"; + // + // dtpDate + // + this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy"; + this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom; + this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27); + this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate"; + this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20); + this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9; + // + // frmDataloggerSettings + // + this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F); + this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font; + this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197); + this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate); + this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate); + this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues); + this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds); + this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval); + this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval); + this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime); + this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime); + this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues); + this.MaximizeBox = false; + this.MinimizeBox = false; + this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings"; + this.Text = "Datalogger"; + this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load); + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit(); + this.ResumeLayout(false); + this.PerformLayout(); + + } + + #endregion + + private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues; + private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval; + private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds; + private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate; + private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate; + } +} + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c3d1e15645 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.ComponentModel; +using System.Data; +using System.Drawing; +using System.Linq; +using System.Text; +using System.Windows.Forms; +using Hid; + +namespace Project1HostApp +{ + public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form + { + private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB; + private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063; + + private struct Device_Report_t + { + public Byte Day; + public Byte Month; + public Byte Year; + + public Byte Hour; + public Byte Minute; + public Byte Second; + + public Byte LogInterval500MS; + + public Byte[] ToReport() + { + Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; + + Report[0] = this.Hour; + Report[1] = this.Minute; + Report[2] = this.Second; + Report[3] = this.Day; + Report[4] = this.Month; + Report[5] = this.Year; + Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS; + + return Report; + } + + public void FromReport(Byte[] Report) + { + this.Hour = Report[0]; + this.Minute = Report[1]; + this.Second = Report[2]; + this.Day = Report[3]; + this.Month = Report[4]; + this.Year = Report[5]; + this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6]; + } + }; + + private IDevice GetDeviceConnection() + { + IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID); + IDevice ConnectionHandle = null; + + if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0) + ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0]; + else + return null; + + // Fix report handle under Windows + if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet) + { + ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00, + ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]); + } + + return ConnectionHandle; + } + + public frmDataloggerSettings() + { + InitializeComponent(); + } + + private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); + + if (ConnectionHandle == null) + { + MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); + return; + } + + Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); + DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day; + DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month; + DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000)); + DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour; + DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute; + DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second; + DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2); + + try + { + ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport()); + MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully."); + } + catch (Exception ex) + { + MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); + } + } + + private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection(); + + if (ConnectionHandle == null) + { + MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device."); + return; + } + + Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t(); + + try + { + Byte[] Report = new Byte[7]; + + ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report); + DeviceReport.FromReport(Report); + String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully."; + + try + { + dtpDate.Value = new DateTime( + (2000 + DeviceReport.Year), + DeviceReport.Month, + DeviceReport.Day); + + dtpTime.Value = new DateTime( + DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day, + DeviceReport.Hour, + DeviceReport.Minute, + DeviceReport.Second); + } + catch (Exception ex) + { + msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" + + ex.Message + + "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() + + " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() + + " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() + + "\n\nUsing current date and time."; + dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now; + dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now; + } + + try + { + nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2); + } + catch (Exception ex) + { + nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum; + } + + MessageBox.Show(msgText); + } + catch (Exception ex) + { + MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message); + } + } + + private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + + } + } +} diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19dc0dd8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<root> + <!-- + Microsoft ResX Schema + + Version 2.0 + + The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format + that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the + various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes + associated with the data types. + + Example: + + ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... + <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> + <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> + <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> + <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> + <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> + <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> + <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> + <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> + </data> + <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> + <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> + <comment>This is a comment</comment> + </data> + + There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple + name/value pairs. + + Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a + type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support + text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. + Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the + mimetype set. + + The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the + ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not + extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: + + Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format + that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can + read any of the formats listed below. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 + value : The object must be serialized with + : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 + value : The object must be serialized with + : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 + value : The object must be serialized into a byte array + : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + --> + <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> + <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" /> + <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> + <xsd:element name="metadata"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="assembly"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="data"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> + <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> + <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="resheader"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + </xsd:choice> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + </xsd:schema> + <resheader name="resmimetype"> + <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="version"> + <value>2.0</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="reader"> + <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="writer"> + <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> + </resheader> +</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c19edd212 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a7112fc09 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3693c6ca04 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2588e60c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using System.Windows.Forms; + +namespace Project1HostApp +{ + static class Program + { + /// <summary> + /// The main entry point for the application. + /// </summary> + [STAThread] + static void Main() + { + Application.EnableVisualStyles(); + Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false); + Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings()); + } + } +} diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4d0ab1d5f --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63b1af40d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// <auto-generated> +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// </auto-generated> +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { + using System; + + + /// <summary> + /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + /// </summary> + // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder + // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. + // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen + // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] + [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + internal class Resources { + + private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; + + private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; + + [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] + internal Resources() { + } + + /// <summary> + /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + /// </summary> + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { + get { + if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) { + global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); + resourceMan = temp; + } + return resourceMan; + } + } + + /// <summary> + /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + /// </summary> + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { + get { + return resourceCulture; + } + set { + resourceCulture = value; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af7dbebbac --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<root> + <!-- + Microsoft ResX Schema + + Version 2.0 + + The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format + that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the + various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes + associated with the data types. + + Example: + + ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ... + <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader> + <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader> + <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> + <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader> + <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data> + <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data> + <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64"> + <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value> + </data> + <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64"> + <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value> + <comment>This is a comment</comment> + </data> + + There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple + name/value pairs. + + Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a + type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support + text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. + Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the + mimetype set. + + The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the + ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not + extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly: + + Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format + that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can + read any of the formats listed below. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 + value : The object must be serialized with + : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64 + value : The object must be serialized with + : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + + mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64 + value : The object must be serialized into a byte array + : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter + : and then encoded with base64 encoding. + --> + <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata"> + <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded"> + <xsd:element name="metadata"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="assembly"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" /> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="data"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" /> + <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + <xsd:element name="resheader"> + <xsd:complexType> + <xsd:sequence> + <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" /> + </xsd:sequence> + <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" /> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + </xsd:choice> + </xsd:complexType> + </xsd:element> + </xsd:schema> + <resheader name="resmimetype"> + <value>text/microsoft-resx</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="version"> + <value>2.0</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="reader"> + <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> + </resheader> + <resheader name="writer"> + <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value> + </resheader> +</root>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95fc3ad588 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// <auto-generated> +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// </auto-generated> +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties { + + + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")] + internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase { + + private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); + + public static Settings Default { + get { + return defaultInstance; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39645652af --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)"> + <Profiles> + <Profile Name="(Default)" /> + </Profiles> + <Settings /> +</SettingsFile> diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab6b9a83a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/ + +This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit, +Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of +Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system +that has both hiddev and Mono. + +Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and +64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often +neglected. + + +Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics. + +Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET +Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs). + + +A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate +methods. + +LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other +examples on common devices are welcomed. + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8517d6f42a --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003"> + <PropertyGroup> + <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration> + <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform> + <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion> + <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion> + <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid> + <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType> + <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder> + <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace> + <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName> + <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion> + <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment> + <FileUpgradeFlags> + </FileUpgradeFlags> + <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion> + <UpgradeBackupLocation /> + </PropertyGroup> + <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' "> + <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols> + <DebugType>full</DebugType> + <Optimize>false</Optimize> + <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath> + <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants> + <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> + <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> + </PropertyGroup> + <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' "> + <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType> + <Optimize>true</Optimize> + <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath> + <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants> + <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport> + <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel> + </PropertyGroup> + <ItemGroup> + <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL"> + <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion> + <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath> + </Reference> + <Reference Include="System" /> + <Reference Include="System.Core"> + <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> + </Reference> + <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq"> + <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> + </Reference> + <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions"> + <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework> + </Reference> + <Reference Include="System.Data" /> + <Reference Include="System.Deployment" /> + <Reference Include="System.Drawing" /> + <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" /> + <Reference Include="System.Xml" /> + </ItemGroup> + <ItemGroup> + <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs"> + <SubType>Form</SubType> + </Compile> + <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs"> + <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> + </Compile> + <Compile Include="Program.cs" /> + <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" /> + <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx"> + <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon> + <SubType>Designer</SubType> + </EmbeddedResource> + <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx"> + <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator> + <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> + <SubType>Designer</SubType> + </EmbeddedResource> + <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs"> + <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> + <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon> + <DesignTime>True</DesignTime> + </Compile> + <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings"> + <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator> + <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput> + </None> + <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs"> + <AutoGen>True</AutoGen> + <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon> + <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput> + </Compile> + </ItemGroup> + <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" /> + <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. + Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets. + <Target Name="BeforeBuild"> + </Target> + <Target Name="AfterBuild"> + </Target> + --> +</Project>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a6bf2da11 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +""" + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +""" + +""" + Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script + configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user + defined logging interval. + + The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to + a multiple of 500ms. + + Usage: + python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval> + + Example: + python temp_log_config.py 500 + + Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/). +""" + +import sys +from datetime import datetime +import pywinusb.hid as hid + +# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased +# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended) +device_vid = 0x03EB +device_pid = 0x2063 +report_length = 1 + 7 + + +def get_hid_device_handle(): + hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid, + product_id=device_pid) + + valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices() + + if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0: + return None + else: + return valid_hid_devices[0] + + +def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms): + # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) + report_data = [0] + + # Followed by the time/date data + report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute, + time_date.second, time_date.day, + time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000]) + + # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time + report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms]) + + # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be + report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data))) + + # Send the generated report to the device + device.send_output_report(report_data) + + +def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms): + hid_device = get_hid_device_handle() + + if hid_device is None: + print("No valid HID device found.") + sys.exit(1) + + try: + hid_device.open() + + print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % + (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id, + hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name)) + + configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms) + + print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date) + print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0))) + + finally: + hid_device.close() + + +if __name__ == '__main__': + time_date = datetime.now() + log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2 + + # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range + log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01) + log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF) + + main(time_date, log_interval_500ms) diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d4e0b5e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i> + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td> + * <td>Mass Storage Device \n + * Human Interface Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td> + * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n + * Keyboard Subclass</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n + * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n + * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n + * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n + * USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by + * the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem + * each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage + * device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the + * logging commences. + * + * A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the + * sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token + * is specified - see \ref Sec_Options. + * + * Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host. + * For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system. + * + * This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library + * LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/). + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>DUMMY_RTC</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system + * clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bf7ee2c3f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Temperature Datalogger project.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9f3353794 --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2366 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.8 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "Temperature Datalogger Project" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in +# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels +# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo +# to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a +# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be +# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word +# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has +# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the +# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the +# documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the +# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the +# documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list +# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter +# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ + TempLogHostApp/ \ + TempLogHostApp_Python/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated ( +# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated ( +# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string, +# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to +# HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen +# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still +# experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the +# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in +# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eb662f66bf --- /dev/null +++ b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = TempDataLogger +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \ + $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) +LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA build script makefiles +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk +include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk |